Insidious Meme

Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country – 05-16-2024

Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country - 05-16-2024

Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country - 05-16-2024

Episode Summary:

The discussion in the document centers around the state of libertarianism and conservatism in America. It highlights the corruption and consolidation of power within Washington, DC, contrasting the Mises Institute in Auburn, Alabama, as a prime example of a libertarian organization that avoids DC's corrupting influence. Other organizations, like Cato, are criticized for being based in DC and thus becoming corrupted. The conversation touches on the historical tendencies of conservatism to lose battles against the expansion of government power, citing examples like the evolution of attitudes towards the New Deal and other major governmental programs. The dialogue critiques the conservative and libertarian responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, noting a lack of opposition to lockdowns and other restrictive measures, which are described as totalitarian. It delves into America's foreign policy, particularly its treatment of the Kurds and the controversy surrounding the lab leak theory of COVID-19's origin. The conversation also examines the economic impact of zero interest rates and government spending, arguing that these policies benefit the politically connected at the expense of ordinary citizens. Cultural shifts and the role of the media in shaping public opinion on issues like systemic racism and the financial crisis are explored. The influence of major political figures, such as Barack Obama, and the transformation of the Democratic Party into a wealthy, business-aligned entity are discussed. The document concludes with reflections on power, the responsibilities of the ruling class, and the roles of libertarians and conservatives in opposing government overreach.

#Libertarianism #Conservatism #WashingtonDC #Corruption #MisesInstitute #Cato #NewDeal #COVID19 #Pandemic #Totalitarianism #ForeignPolicy #Kurds #LabLeak #ZeroInterestRates #GovernmentSpending #MediaInfluence #SystemicRacism #FinancialCrisis #DemocraticParty #Obama #Power #RulingClass #Libertarians #Conservatives #GovernmentOverreach #PoliticalFigures #CulturalShifts #PublicOpinion #EconomicImpact #AmericanPolitics #HistoricalTrends #PolicyCritique #Liberty #Freedom #CivilLiberties

Key Takeaways:
  • Libertarianism and conservatism in America face corruption and power consolidation in Washington, DC.
  • The Mises Institute is highlighted as a prime example of avoiding DC's corrupting influence.
  • Conservatism historically loses battles against government expansion.
  • The COVID-19 pandemic response is criticized as totalitarian, with conservatives and libertarians showing little opposition.
  • Foreign policy issues include America's treatment of the Kurds and the lab leak theory of COVID-19's origin.
  • Zero interest rates and government spending policies benefit the politically connected at the expense of ordinary citizens.
  • Media plays a significant role in shaping public opinion on systemic racism and the financial crisis.
  • The Democratic Party has transformed into a wealthy, business-aligned entity under figures like Barack Obama.
  • Power dynamics, ruling class responsibilities, and the roles of libertarians and conservatives in opposing government overreach are explored.
Predictions:
  • The continued consolidation of power and corruption within Washington, DC, will persist if unchecked.
  • Government spending and zero interest rate policies will continue to benefit the politically connected.
  • Libertarians and conservatives will face ongoing challenges in effectively opposing government overreach.
Key Players:
  • Mises Institute
  • Cato Institute
  • Ronald Reagan
  • FDR (Franklin D. Roosevelt)
  • Donald Trump
  • Chris Matthews
  • John McCain
  • Saddam Hussein
  • George H.W. Bush
  • Vladimir Putin
  • Hans Hermann Hoppe
  • Ron Paul
  • Rand Paul
  • Angela McArdle
  • RFK Jr. (Robert F. Kennedy Jr.)
  • Nikki Haley
  • Mike Pompeo
  • Mike Pence
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country - 05-16-2024

I mean, it's a little weird for me because you're a libertarian and in fact, you could even wind up on a libertarian ticket at some point, if not this cycle. No, but I'm just saying it could Right. So you're literally a libertarian. And, but for some reason we have the same instincts on almost everything.

I would say there are a lot of people in conservative media who I always have felt like I had a lot in common with and now I don't. And it's not because I've gotten liberal. I've gotten way less liberal. I see them as way more liberal. So what, like what happened to conservative media?

Not all of them. I have a million friends in it. But like a lot of the big names seem very liberal to me. Yeah. I mean, I think that it's kind of the same thing that happened to libertarians.

I think they're in Washington, DC and that's not where you're supposed to be. No, that's right. And so the best, like the best libertarian organization in the world is the Mises Institute and it's based in Auburn and they. Alabama. Yeah.

And they specifically put it there because they like want no part of Washington, DC. And then you see all of the, you know, Cato and guys like that who are based out of DC, they get very corrupted and they, and you can look at it. It's like, it's the same thing. We were just talking about Donahue calling out Chris Matthews back in the day. They're having cocktail parties with the Fed chairman.

But you're a libertarian. You shouldn't be doing, they're actually doing that. Yeah. Oh, yeah, yeah. Actually doing that.

And I think a lot of that's the same problem with the kind of conservatism, Inc. Or whatever. They've been, they've been corrupted and power is seductive. And I'm sure you know that from like being in DC for so many years that you, I'm not saying like, you're kind of an anomaly. You think about all the people in Washington, DC and how much all of them wanted to suck up to power almost.

Right? Like what, 90 something percent? At least that's why they're there. Right. And so it's a, it's a difficult thing.

I didn't get that for some reason for so long. I was living in the middle of it. I don't know. I'm not a super genius. So I didn't, I didn't realize how corrupt it was.

Everyone always said it was corrupt. It felt like a really nice place to me. Raised all my kids there and. But when you realize how corrupt it is, I mean, it's horrifying. Yeah.

But that's also, I think there's something like the, the nature of conservatism or the conservative movement in America has always just been to lose. It's like, built into them. Like every generation just loses and then moves on to the next thing to lose. Like the old right, the Robert Taft right, they were largely in opposition to the new deal. That was, they were fighting back against SDR's new deal.

We're in opposition to that. And then you cut forward 20 years and it's FDR, Democrats are the new Republicans. Right. Ronald Reagan, it's, nobody would dare question the new deal. And then, of course, there was a movement pushing back against the great society.

Yes. And now, of course, no, entitlements are like, no one would ever dare question Medicare. Look, just recently I saw Donald Trump, who's not a traditional conservative, but he did the most traditional conservative thing when he said, he said, when we get in there again, we are going to fix Obamacare. And I'm like, okay, all right, so that's where we're at now, right? It's no more repeal, and you don't even hear Republicans talk about it anymore.

Right. So it's always like the next round of big government increases, the next round of centralized power in DC, they will put up a little fight. They will lose. They will then a few years later accept this as something that we is consensus amongst all of us. But, but you see, we're against whatever the next thing is, you know, transiting the kids or, you know, student loan bailouts.

We're against that now, you know, but they'll lose and then eventually accept. Why would you. So that, what does that suggest about them? They don't, it's, this is a performance. This is not sincere.

Yeah. I mean, conservatives typically have played the role of being against consolidating power in DC. Right. But that's, you know, that's obviously, that's going against the wind, not with it. And so it's almost like, it almost seems like a professional wrestling thing where they're, like they're the ones who are supposed to lose.

At the end of the day, they kind of say the right thing, never really mean it, and then ultimately acquiesce. I have to say I was disgusted by the lack of fight in a lot of professional conservatives during COVID like, disgusted by it, you know, banning freedom of movement, freedom of speech, bodily autonomy, the whole thing was, like, so mind blowing to me. This actually was the totalitarianism we've been worried about or talking, pretending we're worried about for a long time. It came, and a lot of them didn't say anything about it. But I was totally bewildered by the libertarian response, which was also kind of silent.

I thought Cato would be, I don't know, camped out in front of the White House or the CDC or like, what was that? Well, it shows you. I mean, it's, well, just, and because you use the word totalitarian, and I think sometimes when you use that word, it's perceived as, like, being somewhat hyperbolic. But it's really, like, what else could describe lockdowns? Well, that's what I thought.

That is totalitarianism. You had american citizens turning on their tv every morning to find out from their governor what they were allowed to do. Well, exactly like, I mean, the most, you couldn't imagine. Like, the question was like, can I have a funeral for my dad? And they're like, sorry, no, we've decided you can't.

You know, I mean, like, the most intimate details, yes. Liberties that we would all have taken for granted. And so, okay, to your point, right. Not only did conservatives not fight against it, I think the majority of them cheered it on or went along with it. I noticed.

And as far as the, you know, the point about libertarians, there are kind of like, there are these moments, and I know you experienced this a lot when you were on your Fox show. There are these moments where there's like a storm, where there's something like a white hot issue, you know, and it becomes very easy later after that passes to be on the right side of that. Like, everyone's on the right side of Iraq now. You know what I mean? John McCain wrote in his memoir that Iraq was a mistake.

So even John McCain could admit many years later. But the thing is that didn't, that doesn't really matter as much as if you were opposed to it when it was happening. Because, like, in 2002, if you were like, hey, I don't, I don't think he has weapons of mass destruction, you were, everybody knew that. Well, that just means you're a queer, basically, you know, and you hate your country and you're weak and you're, and so, you know, there's, there's little things, you know, the example I like to use a lot because I remember you broadcasting through this so you'll remember it well, but was when I'm, when Donald Trump announced that he was going to pull out of Syria. And for, like, two weeks, it was like, the Kurds, remember, we're abandoning the Kurds, but our allies, the Kurds, like, by the way, if our ancient allies.

Yeah. Yes. If there's one thing that has been consistent in american foreign policy in my lifetime is that we always screw over the Kurds, but for whatever state. I mean. Yeah, I mean, we.

George Hw Bush encouraged them to rise up and overthrow Saddam Hussein and then went, nah, you know, I thought about it again. I don't think so. Just slaughtered all. I mean, you know, but why am I laughing? It's.

Well, no, it's. Well, it's consistent theme. Well, it's that we're not laughing. Plight of the curse. We're laughing at the hypocrisy of the media.

But for, like, two weeks, if anyone said they wanted to, you know, they supported Trump pulling out of Syria, it was like, you're a bad person. You hate the Kurds. By the way, has anyone checked in on the Kurds since then? Has the media ever talked about them again? Like, it was totally just used in that moment.

And that's just a little example. Like, that's not the big one, but, like. Like our historic enemies, the Houthis, right? Yes. Man, I remember growing up in La Jolla in the seventies, hearing about the Houthis, and my father said, I just want you to grow strong and resolute so we can fight the Houthi hordes.

Your one purpose in life is to get strong enough to take on these Houthis when the day comes, and it will, where these Houthis challenge our freedom, you must be prepared. Right? It's. It's so ridiculous. But, like, look, I remember.

So, uh, you. It was either in. It might have been April or May of 2020, but I remember you covering on your show, and I also covered this on my podcast at the time. Got to a smaller audience, but you covering the lab leak, you were like, hey, this is a really, like, plausible theory of where. And in fact, it seems to make a lot more sense because already there was.

It's not that we had, like, a conclusive case that you could take to court, but there were, like, big pieces of information that were really narrative shattering. Well, and there were also. The bats weren't close enough to where the wet market was. Also, a wet market is a seafood market. So why were they selling mammals in a seafood market?

Just pangolins and bats? And then there was a group of chinese researchers who, in December and January of 2020, wrote this paper said, no, we think this was a lab leak. And then they all disappeared. That was on the Internet. And there were like four scientists from the lab that were hospitalized in November with COVID like symptoms.

And you were like, that's, I don't know, my eyebrow is raising. Is yours not raising? You know, but at the time, this was, and I know you were aware of this, this was a crazy, controversial thing to say. You were racist. Somehow it's more racist to think that the Chinese had like a lab than to think they were like biting bath heads off or something like, it's so bizarre.

But by the way, now, as I say this to you now, this is not controversial at all. This isn't a white hot issue. It was then, but it's not now. And so a lot of just what, back to your original point about like, the libertarians who failed on the job, a lot of it is simply comes down to be a matter of courage. It's just a matter of like, hey, when the issue that might make everyone hate you and all of the powerful people call you the worst names, which naturally human beings have a tendency to not want, that we don't want to be ostracized, you don't want to be called these names.

Some people just kind of have this personality trait. And this isn't like whether you're on the left or right. It's something that you have. It's something I have. It's something Alex Berenson has.

Yes. He's kind of like, I don't care. I'll say it right now when it's going to get me called all, well, it really, I remember about 15 years ago, it was in July and I was in Maine and my kids were playing on the dock. And it was like the happiest day, you know, it was like perfect Bluebird day. Sound of LaugHTER of children it was like just, I was like, oh, I was in such a good mood and I was looking at my kids and sort of walking along and I stepped on a beehive and a whole swarm of bees flew up my shorts and just attacked me in my nether regions.

And I went in about, no exaggeration, 10 seconds from being placid and happy to being in agony and on fire. And I jumped in the lake, wrecked my cell phone. That is the experience of these hysterical moments. All of a sudden, it's like being stung by a swarm. Everybody's against you.

Everybody's saying exactly the same thing. You go from like placid, happy, calm, clear thinking to totally unable to think clearly. And on all these issues, the day Navalny died in custody, russian custody, it's like we decide, of course, Putin killed him or whatever, and to be able to see and think clearly in that moment, like, that's the key right there. When you're getting swarmed, you may have come to the obvious conclusion that the real debate is not between Republican and Democrat or socialist and capitalist, right, left. The real battle is between people who are lying on purpose and people who are trying to tell you the truth.

It's between good and evil. It's between honesty and falsehood. And we hope we are on the former side. That's why we created this network, the Tucker Carlson network, and we invite you to subscribe to it. You go to tuckercarlson.com podcast.

Our entire archive. Is there a lot of behind the scenes footage of what actually happens in this barn when only an iPhone is running Tuckercarlson.com podcast, you will not regret it. Who is the guy? Who is the. He was the science editor for the New York Times at Wade Nicholas.

Nicholas Wade, right. I mean, that guy was like nature and, you know, like, all of the biggest scientific publications was the New York Times guy. And it's like that. Like that you're done. And they call the question.

Yeah, yeah. It's not just like, oh, you lose your job or something like that. It's like you. We're going to smear you in the most vicious ways to, like, all of these. And we're social creatures where we naturally respond to that.

But. But how does that happen? Well, like, you've watched this carefully. How. I mean, it's.

Speaking of bees, it is the hive mind at work, but it's. It's so, like, perfectly and with great discipline executed. It's like in a space of 4 hours, the entire machine turns on one guy and destroys him. Like, how? What is.

You can see why people come up with conspiracies to explain that, right? Sure. Yeah. And they are quite possibly right. I mean, I don't know exactly what the conspiracy is, but it quite possibly is one, but no dissent at all.

Yeah. But then my thing is just that I do think, and I think this is something I've benefited from. I know this cause I hear this back from my audience a lot, that it's like, oh, when you were right on those issues, when it really mattered, you kind of gain credibility. Well, that's right. And I also think that, like, you know, let's say there's like, I don't know, like a right wing or conservative commentator who's telling you how you have to feel about the new storm right now.

It's like, well, just tell me, how did you do on the last three storms? You know, like, like, were you, were you telling dopes to get the vaccine? Were you telling everyone to be socially distanced? Or were you, like, on the right side of that? Where were you on Ukraine?

You know, were you saying that, like, oh, you know, like they can win or whatever the story is? You know what I mean? Like, it's. And, and I do watch a lot of people who go, like, got everything consistently wrong. It's the same way as the neoconservatives, right?

Like, even if, I mean, I hate them so much, it's hard to speak about them, like, with any type of sense of fairness. But how do you listen? Let's just say you got six wars wrong and you were wrong about every single one. Like, let's just say you were for the war in Iraq and then you were for, you know, regime change in Afghanistan against the Taliban, who did not attack us, and then you were for overthrowing Gaddafi, and then you were for overthrowing Assad, and then you were for backing the saudi war in Yemen and, like, all these things, and it's just nothing but disaster, every one of them. Okay, but then you're gonna come out and confidently be like, and I'm for this next war.

And let me tell you why. You have to be too. And you don't have, like, enough. Just, like, you don't feel humiliated enough that, like, you couldn't come out even if you were for this. You'd be like, man, I really think we should fight this war.

But I can't come out and say we should fight this war because the last six times I said it, it was nothing but a disaster. But the same people who were like, you see, Tucker, when we overthrow Saddam Hussein, democracy will sweep the region. And you see, we're going to be greeted as liberators. We won't be fighting off a 20 year insurgency. You see, they'll greet us as liberators because they love us.

And then democracy will sweep the region, and then Iran will lose influence in the region. And then Hezbollah will start being nice to Israel. And like, all these grand predictions and every last one of them, oh, it'll be paid for in oil. Do you remember all the things they used? Very well?

I mean, it's, you know, it's a cakewalk. It's a slam dunk that he has weapons of mass destruction. So every single one of these things you were wrong about, you get to now be the person advocating the next one. But you wouldn't ever allow that kind of behavior in your children. You can't let a lie stand.

Kids lie. You catch them lying. And the whole point of the exercise is to get them to admit to your face, yes, I did this. No, I won't do it again. Like that's a, that's an integral step, right.

You have to go through that or else you don't improve as a person, you become shittier as a person. Yeah, that's right. And I would also, maybe this is me adding my libertarian bent to this, but I would also say that in the, in the private sector, and I mean, not like the crony connected to government private sector, but like in true business, you also don't get away with that stuff. Of course. You can't just fail over and over again.

This only happens either in the government or in, you know, companies that are essentially the government, but, you know, like live off no big government contracts or something like that. But, yeah. And it's, the major problem is that, look, like at least there are problems with free markets and it's made up of human beings. So there's always problems. But there's at least like a cleansing mechanism.

There's like profit and loss. Yes. If you lose too much, you go out of business with government. The worse you do, the more funding you get. But, so this is, if the kids can't read, we need a higher education.

I completely agree with you. And for all I piss on libertarians. And of course I was one for most of my life. I'm gonna bring it back. Give me time.

No, it's just interesting. I think the reason I'm mad at libertarians is because I don't see a free market in the United States. Oh, of course not. Yeah. Right.

And so, I mean, I look at green energy or the defense space and like there's that, that bears no resemblance to a market at all. Well, and a lot of finance. Yes. But I would also point out that, like, look, there are just like with every group, just like conservatives, there are different camps within libertarians. So just to point out, like the thing I said about the last five storms, if you go listen to what Ron Paul was saying throughout the entire COVID, he was perfect.

Tom Woods, Lou Rockwell, Jeff Dice, like, there's this group of libertarians who were great the entire time. Well, I totally agree. I've never stopped loving Ron Paul. So the difference between, say, like the Ron Paul, the Ron paulian libertarians, which I would consider myself to be one of and say like the Cato or groups like that, is that the Cato types tend to like, almost have this academic discussion of what it would be like in a free market and then talk as if that's what we're living in right now. But that, you know, I mean, I was a fellow at Cato, so I remember this very well.

That organization, that foundation, 501 C three, is run by an oligarch. Actually, it's run by Charles Koch. Right. So he kicked out the old head, he brought in the new head. And you sort of wonder if you're a libertarian, you can't, you're not for government power, but you're also suspicious of oligarchs, right?

Aren't you? Well, of course. And particularly like, say, the same oligarch who's not only funding the Cato Institute but is also funding the Republican Party in general. Exactly. And the party who consistently is growing the size of government every bit as much as the Democrats are.

You know, it's almost, it's become a thing where if a Republican were to ever say, you know, say we need smaller government, or like Nikki Haley was talking about smaller government, you just roll your eyes because it never means anything. They've been talking about this forever. There's never been one time, and there's been several times in my life where the Republicans have controlled the Congress and the White House. Oh, yes. Never once been a cut in spending.

Of course not. Spending always goes up. There's been some cuts in top marginal tax rates. Right. You know, not even drastic cuts, but they're, yes, we'll have rich people pay less taxes.

There's never a cut in spending because that's a cut in the power of the federal government and they're not for that. And so if the guys who are funding that are also funding this libertarian institute to write policy paper for recommendations that are never going to be implemented anyway, it does raise some eyebrows, I would say, like, look to the bigger question of libertarians and the side, like I've heard you say before, the US federal government is the biggest, most powerful government in the history of the world by far. There's not a close second. It's a government that can snap its fingers and overthrow regimes anywhere in the world and does it regularly. And so that is as the country is kind of spinning out of control and everything has just gotten more and more corrupt.

The, that's directly related to the fact that DC has gotten more and more powerful. And this is, to me, like, I've been saying this for a while. It's not my original thought. This is something Hans Hermann Hopper said back in the nineties where he basically said that libertarians need to learn a conservative lesson and conservatives need to learn a libertarian lesson. And what he meant by that was that libertarians basically need to learn that.

Okay, just because we might believe that the government ought to not bash someone over the head and lock them in a cage for doing something doesn't mean we have to celebrate it. You don't have to celebrate degeneracy. You don't have to be on the side of that. In fact, a functioning society needs good family values. And that's just like, a fact.

We don't believe that should be enforced at the point of a gun. But that doesn't mean, like, you know, like even if you think, say, like whatever you think prostitution should be legal, you could still have a feeling that it's hard, horrible, and represents a tragedy on all sides. And so that's like kind of the conservative lesson that libertarians need to learn. I think a lot of libertarians in the Ron Paul kind of school did learn that. And the lesson that I would say that conservatives or trumpian populist types need to learn is that if Donald Trump's going to say, drain the swamp, it's like, okay, but what does that mean?

Like, what does that look like? How do you actually drain the swamp? And it's really actually very simple. It means cut government spending. As long as Washington, DC is the most powerful organization in the history of the world, and they're spending over $6 trillion a year, that is by definition, a swamp.

That's why more millionaires live in the suburbs outside of Washington, DC than anywhere else in the world. They don't make anything except weapons, you know what I mean? That are purchased by the government. It's, I've heard you talk about this before. They don't even make them there.

Right, right. I mean, there's no, there's not a single act of creation. Yeah. In the entire DC, the DMV, as they call it. Right.

Well, no. And it's literally, not only are they not creating, but they're parasitic by nature. Of course. They're taking Americans money. And this is what I mean.

I think this is kind of the central source of why the country is spinning out of control and why we're so incredibly corrupt at every level is because there is this parasitic force in Washington, DC that, that's grown bigger and bigger and more powerful. I absolutely agree with that. And I do think I saw it change. I remember the moment it changed, and it was the moment when the Democratic Party subverted the so called business community, which was always a kind of counterbalance against this, because the idea was the government makes it actually harder for people to conduct business. It stifles free markets, and we're against that.

So the chamber of Commerce and business roundtable were always sort of pushing back against the growth of government. Bill Clinton changed that, and he changed that by declaring a ceasefire between the Democratic Party and the rich. And he did it during the tech boom. I'll never forget this. Democrats were always saying, and I thought, you know, I didn't agree with them, but I sort of thought it was important for the purpose of balance to have this.

They would say they were suspicious of people with too much money. There's too much power. Like, what about the value of labor? Right? You got the value of capital, value of labor.

They're kind of in conflict with one another, and we're on the side of labor. All of a sudden, Bill Clinton's like, no, there's nothing wrong with being, you know, making a billion dollars at 32 for creating an app, you know, running web van or etoys or pets.com, everything you could think of. Totally. And it was so smart. And he did it for the purpose of fundraising.

And all of a sudden. And the Democratic Party became far richer than the Republican Party. And all the formerly republican leafy suburbs around the country, you know, Greenwich, Connecticut and McLean, Virginia, they all went left. Actually. It was brilliant and evil, but its effect was to completely wreck the country because there was no counterbalance against power at all.

So once the government, you know, the people with the nuclear weapons and business, the people with the largest bank accounts are aligned, that leaves everybody else, like, who's defending them? Yeah. And then you said something last night when we were having dinner that I thought was so interesting. I was thinking about it after we left, but you were talking about how, like, traditionally the rich people were in suits and ties. Yes.

Right. Well, your uniform matters. I mean, that's why we have uniforms. Right? That's why the bus driver wears a uniform and your airline pilots have their stupid outfits and your stewardesses are dressed up like they are because it.

It says a lot about their role in your society. And rich people used to spend a lot of money on clothes. And the whole point of that was to say, we're rich, we're in a separate class. And that comes with tons of advantages. But it also comes with obligations.

Noblesse oblige was a thing. And all of a sudden, in the nineties, you notice the richest people in America start dressing in, like, t shirts and hoodies and like, what's the message of that? And the message of that is we're just like you. Which is another way of saying we have no obligation to anyone but ourselves. Actually, we don't owe you anything.

And it comes out of this mindset that they do have. And I know them, of course, well, so I know that they feel this way, that we're the. We're the richest because we came up through this credentialing system that we claim as a meritocracy. And we won. We won all the prizes because we're superior.

It's. It's something. It's so fascinating. This is why I don't like chess and why I prefer backgammon. Because backgammon has probably 30 or 40% of a luck element to it.

Just like life, right? Right. Just like life. Like, why didn't I get leukemia and die at five tons of five year olds do? I don't know, but I should be grateful for that.

So, like, I've been relatively successful in my stupid little category. That's not all my doing. Like, show some. Be magnanimous about it. Well, this is why I was thinking about that, because I think it's such a good point, because there is something kind of counterintuitive to it where you'd be like, oh, but if they're dressing like the people, then maybe they'd feel more connected to the people.

In fact, it's actually the opposite, because it is. It reminds me, in a way, this is what I was thinking about literally last night in my hotel. I was thinking about you making this comment, and it was reminding me of when the lockdowns first started and there were all those celebrities would come on and be like, we're all in this together. And you're like Ellen DeGeneres. You're in a mansion.

You're not in the same situation. There's a guy out there, there who's got three kids and makes sixty k a year, and he was just deemed non essential. And he is, like, terrified about the future of how he's going to support his family. And Ellen's sitting here and her message is, we're all in the same boat, man. You know?

Like, we're all in the same. I know one of my servants got COVID and couldn't come in today. So I only had a team of five. You know, and you're like. So, in a sense, you're like, while the message is we're all in this together, and that kind of superficially sounds like a nice message, it's actually the worst message.

A much better message would be to acknowledge exactly that I'm not in the situation that you're in at all. That, for me, it's actually fine to be. If you're in the leadership class you have. And, I mean, I've been in it my whole life. I know.

You have a moral obligation to admit it. Yes. Because once you admit it out loud, then you realize there are massive benefits to it, but there are also massive obligations to it. They're shirking their duty. That's right.

That's what they're actually doing. And that's actually the opposite of being noble. That's. It's fraudulent. It's.

It's disgusting. Yes. And it's. It's a lie. Your.

Your whole thing is based on a lie. It's Sam Bankman freed, of course. Oh, I just drive like a shitty little Toyota. It's like, oh, actually, you're defrauding Michelle Obama, goes to Princeton for free, and has been the ruling class her whole life. Yeah.

And she's still lecturing you about how she's a victim of racism. Hillary Clinton, exact same thing. Goes to Wellesley, spends her entire life in the ruling class, and she's still whining about how she's discriminated against. Why are they doing that? Yeah, and did you.

You ever see, they'll have, like, pictures of side by side, but it'll be, like, pictures of, like, Jimmy Carter's house and Obama's house. And that totally represents something about the, like, corroding of our soul that you're, like, we would allow people who call themselves public servants, which, of course, is ridiculous. They're not. But. But still, they don't even have to pretend to keep up a facade of that.

Like, you get to live in this insane, like, mansion off what? Because you were president, and you get to cash in on that now, in a white neighborhood, you should be required to live in the hood. If you're. If you're Barack Obama. And you.

If you're using that card, you use that card. You. The only reason you got elected was because of your race. You spent your entire eight years inflaming race hate in our country, and then you go to Martha's vineyard, the whitest zip code in the world. Not allowed.

You're not allowed to do that. Well, it also, I mean, it did, it did so much damage, his inflaming racial hatred. And I'll say after, you know, Barack Obama's campaign in 2008 there, first of all, it was just leaving. How you feel about the guy aside, it was an amazing campaign. It was unlike anything that had ever been run before.

Genius. Yes, it was totally brilliant. It was his. Now, of course, it wasn't what they presented it as. It wasn't like a grassroots campaign.

It was. He was approved of by the powers that, of course, he didn't just happen to, as a junior senator, get like a primetime speaking slot in 2004 where he gave that speech. He wasn't even a senator yet, was he a state senator still? That's when I first met Barack Obama, walking down the street, smoking a cigarette in Boston on my way to dinner at the palm. I'll never forget it.

And I met him and Jesse Jackson Junior. They pulled over to say hi to me. I'd never heard his name. And I covered politics for a living. Right.

And he gave the keynote at the end of that week. That was Sunday night. He spoke on Thursday. And, yeah, he was not a us senator. That was the campaign.

It was great. It was absolutely crazy. So it was clearly kind of orchestrated, even powerful, by the Pritzker family, of course. But listen, the speeches that he gave and much of the message, first off, I actually, there's probably a lot of things that I would have agreed with him that he was running on. I agreed with a lot of things George W.

Bush ran on in the year 2000. I'll tell you what I agree with. You turned around and didn't govern like that at all. Let's sort of, like, elect the black guy and get past the race stuff. I loved that.

Well, especially because that was his message. That was his message. Let's get past the race. I love that. And even, and there was a broader, more unifying thing.

I mean, I remember. Cause he was such a powerful public speaker. I mean, he never really said anything, but it would still be beautiful, you know? Yes, I remember in his acceptance speech at 2008 at the DNC, we had this whole line where he was like, he was like, I love this country, and so do you. And so does John McCain.

The men and women who have fought for this country have been Republicans and Democrats and independents, but they fought together and died together, not defending a red America or a blue America, the United States of America. And then it's like, oh, what? I mean, he didn't really say anything there, but, you know, but it was beautifully put. I'm 100% for that. Yeah, the message was great and great.

And look, he also was very critical of the George W. Bush administration's excesses. And I'm going to end the war in Iraq. I'm going to reinstitute habeas corpus. We're going to end torture.

There were a lot of. He didn't do any of that. I mean, I guess he ended the war in Iraq eventually and then reinvaded the country because the ISIS fighters he was arming invaded the country. But. But then I think essentially what happened, and it was around Obama's reelection campaign, this is where things really went off the rails in this country, was that he got in there and continued and expanded all the worst of the Bush policies.

Oh, of course. And so they almost had nothing to run on, and so they decided to pivot to a culture war instead. And this was a decision. And again, I don't know exactly what the conspiracy is, but this decision was made from the top down, that I think it was a response to Obama's failures. It was a response to these movements like the Tea Party and Occupy Wall street, which we're getting a little bit too close.

That's right. A little bit too close to the target. And all this, you know, I'm sure you've looked at this before, but where there's these nexus charts and you can chart out, like, how many times all the woke terms are used, transgenderism, all that. And it's all, like, right around 2012. It's all sudden, like, you know, systemic racism goes from being mentioned like, this many times throughout history to, like, shooting at, like, the New York Times and Washington.

It's a very famous graph, and I've used it many times and trying to explain this, but that's exactly right. Like, fight amongst yourselves. Yep. I think it was the finance. It was the hangover from.

From the financial crisis. Yeah, well, that was a huge part of it, for sure. And also that Obama's, you know, like, so in the year, like, from 2007 to 2010, the median net worth in America shrunk by, like, 40%. People lost. Like, 40% of american wealth was lost.

And you can imagine, especially now, having kids at the time, I didn't have kids, and I was young. I was like, whatever, bad economy, that sucks. But you can appreciate now what that would be like if you just lost 40% of your net worth and you got little kids. How destabilizing that is. And Obama's solution to this, the Obama recovery, was okay.

It was record high government spending and record low interest rates. This was the solution. This is how we're going to save the economy. We're going to bring interest rates down to zero and we're going to bring government spending higher than it's ever been before at that time. So you can say on paper there's a little bit of a recovery here, but what really happens in that environment, it's like all the politically connected people in Washington, DC, they make more money.

And the speculators have a field day because now everybody in Wall Street's making more money because you have to invest now, right? Because you're losing money if you just save. And so this ultimately is what built. Then they throw the culture war in there to, like you said, fight amongst yourselves. And the result of that was Donald Trump.

The result of all of that was the condition for Trump, zero interest rates. That had a greater, I think, negative effect on the country than any war we've ever fought. For one thing, it just asset prices ballooned. I mean, this is fake. Everyone knows what happens over time with free money.

The money becomes worth less. And so there's a rush to assets, and now you can't buy a house, right? That's right. And then, and then the boom is always followed by the bust. And so you have all of this mal investment because the way it works, and this is where austrian economics, which I disparage.

No, I have never disparaged. I'm just mad about the results. Results. But it's not a result of austrian economics or libertarianism. It's a result of abandoning all agree.

Right? So it's, but look, the basic thing is that, like interest rates are a price, they're a price just like anything else. It's the price of money, of course, the price of borrowing money. And so just like every other price, there's information given in these prices. So if, if steel becomes very, very cheap, that gives information to a businessman that like, hey, we're producing a lot of steel very easily now, if you wanted to do a project that requires a lot of steel, now's the time to do it, because we're producing steel now.

That works when you have real prices because, oh, there's a big production of steel, so you can buy. But if the government just came in and said, we have price controls and we insist that the price of steel is very, very cheap, what's going to happen is people are going to start building projects with steel and then realize we're out of steel pretty soon because it wasn't a real signal exactly. No, I agree. When you. When you make interest rates zero for a decade, it's a signal for people to say, borrow money when they wouldn't have otherwise borrowed.

Like, maybe you wouldn't borrow if rates were eight or 9%, but at zero, this is a good time to borrow this money. But again, it's a fake signal. We're borrowing all this money. So maybe I am a libertarian because I got all kinds of advice from. I'm not sophisticated at all with money, but all kinds of advice.

Borrow money. It's free. And I never did. Yes. Not $1.

Yeah, well, it's a really bad idea. I feel like the amount of debt that people carry is the untold story in the United States. Yeah. And I don't know why we're, like, in favor of the credit card companies or people are getting rich from the. It's just bad.

Having a lot of debt is bad. I don't know why that's, like, if you say that, by the way, that's considered super radical, but, like, I don't. Why is that radical? Well, yeah, I think about the idea that we have all of these policies designed to get people to gamble their life savings. Like, why would you penalize for not carrying debt?

When I made money in. Not that long ago, when I was, like, finally could pay off my. The first thing I did was pay off my mortgage. That's the first thing I did. And my college roommate, who's really much smarter than I am, has made a ton of money.

He's like, that's crazy. You have to pay. I forgot what it was. But, like, you lose the. The tax shield, and it was, like, 18 grand.

I had to pay $18,000 a year for the privilege of not being in debt to a bank. Yeah. What? Yeah. And that the system is, like, artificially designed to be that way.

You know what I mean? That it's like, oh, these are the tax laws that will encourage people. And also. Wait, you're. You're penalizing me for not being in debt?

Yes. Like, that's law. Like, I think about. Just think about what the industry, income taxes, they penalize you for working. Well, that's crime.

To work. The punishment is a fee. The more productive you are, the more punishment you get. So let me ask you this question, as an austrian economic economist. Why the disparity between the tax on labor and the tax on capital?

Well, because that's the rules that the government made, let me say. Right. Because I think you're totally right about this. Right. That it's like, look, I've heard you talk about, about this before.

So, like, if the capital gains tax is 15%, but then someone working pays 30%. So, like, what are you saying? We would rather. But so here's the next level to that. This is all, I think, that you're missing in that, because I think you're completely right in your, like, your, your critique of that.

But, okay, so if we were, let's say, to fix that, that disparity, there's basically two ways we could do that. One would be to raise capital gains taxes up 30%. Okay. So the result of that would be that, I guess we would disincentivize certain types of investment. Maybe the government, let's say it works out perfectly and we are able, the people on Wall street don't have an army of tax lawyers and accountants who can get them out of this stuff, as they always end up doing.

So then DC gets more money. So then the corrupt, most powerful government in the world gets a little bit more money. They will then leverage that to borrow three times as much and just sell more debt. It will go to politically connected cronies. Right.

It'll be, however, let's say the other option to that is we could lower individual taxes to 15% and now give every working family in this country a huge raise. A huge raise. So that's all I'm saying. You're right about the discrepancy there, and it's totally corrupt. But it's like, what, what's the solution to that?

Well, the solution is, look, if you tied them legislatively and just said they're going to be the same, the tax on capital will always be the same as the tax on labor. Then the average person, which includes me, I don't have any investments. I just work on my salary. Right. So, like most people, the average person would benefit from the lobbying power of Wall street.

Right? Right. So they're always going to be the same. But, like, all of a sudden, I have an army of bank lobbyists and private equity lobbyists keeping my income taxes low. Yes.

Look, in theory, I would love that idea. It's just, if the answer there is to just like, it's unbelievable to me that particularly, like, people like, you know, like Bernie Sanders types will say that they care so much about working people and they want to do whatever they can to help these working people. And yet the biggest bill for working people is their federal income taxes. And I mean, the IR's. I mean, I know stories from good friends of mine.

They are ruthless. I mean, they go back 20 years, ruin people. And this isn't just like, it's like people kind of have this idea that there's, like economic issues over here and social issues over here as if they're different, but they're really not. I mean, you go back 20 years on somebody and say, you know, a guy who's making 30 grand a year and they go back and maybe it's only just like, you know, a few thousand dollars a year that he owes, but they go back 20 years on you and you owed three grand a year, and so now you owe $60,000. Oh, yeah.

You know what I mean? This is what leads to divorces, suicides, putting pistols in their mouth. Yeah. You know, kids growing up without their dad around. I mean, it's like these things are interconnected.

And you see that just over the last few years with the price inflation, how bad it's been. I mean, like, this ruins people. So why isn't that a news story? I don't understand. If everybody, I mean, and I will say, you know, because of my age and income, I'm a little cut off, but I try not to be cut off.

And people I talk to, they all complain about grocery store prices, like, a lot, and they're shocking. But I never hear anybody say that. Yeah. I mean, I certainly talk about it a lot. I think that there's, it's not, it's not in anybody's interest, I guess.

Like, it's not in any partisan interest to really talk about that because both parties are totally complicit. Yeah. And so it's, you know, no matter who, you know, people, because we live in this weird, like, two party system and everybody becomes partisans, especially in an election year, and they're all just trying to kind of get their guy over. And no one's really, you know, I mean, there are Trump supporters who like to talk about the inflation under Obama, but I don't really want to talk about it too much because it all started with the money that was being printed in 2020. That's Donald Trump was championing the whole time, actually, and smearing Thomas Massey for daring to say, hey, we should have a vote on this before we spend more money than we've ever spent when we're broker than we've ever been.

And he's, and Trump, of course, bragging that it was the biggest bill, you know, because it's so Trump, because it's the biggest, because a lot of other people had spending bills. Mine's the biggest spending bill. You know, and like, look, I'm not trying to, you know, there are, Trump is, like, the most entertaining character, and he's hated by all of the right people, and a lot of his instincts are correct. And he was also framed for treason by his own intelligence agencies. And so there's a lot of Donald Trump that I can sympathize with and relate to his supporters.

But the truth is that it was such a disaster to lock down the economy and to say we're just going to print our way out of this was such a disaster. I agree. And he totally got rolled by all the people around him and just did not have the wisdom or the courage to stand up to them. And he kept fauci on that task force through all of 2020. I mean, he just kept so many people who hated his guts around him.

And it's really, it was a tragedy. Nikki Haley, Mike Pompeo, Mike Pence. Oh, yeah, no, I agree. I mean, all of them. You know, Mike Pence is guy, he was in his sixties, and if he were to go, this is the guy who, he was going to leave us as president of the United States.

Mike Pence. There's something. There's something wrong with him. Yeah, there's a lot wrong with him. You can feel it.

I really appreciate you ruining his political career. No, it wasn't personal. I mean, I feel sorry for Pence. He's not comfortable with himself at all. And that's the vibe, the strong.

I've known him for over, I've known him 25 years. I know him since he got to Washington. And he's got some talent, and I don't think he's evil or anything, but there's something really damaged. And I always felt that he was put in there. He wouldn't be the first VP to be in this position, but he was put in there by permanent DC to keep an eye on Trump, obviously.

Yeah, but that's always how it works, right? Like, that's the same thing that happened with Reagan and George Hw Bush being there. You put in the guy, of course we're going to have our CIA director, Gerald Ford. I mean, this is like, this is the oldest story there is. So Trump is coming to libertarian convention.

Yeah. So let me just ask at the outset, you're involved in libertarian politics, like actual politics, party politics. Would you ever be on the ticket? You know, so just for people who don't know, it's kind of like inside baseball, but so my, there was kind of a civil war. It's what inside baseball is too broad.

It's more like inside pickleball. Yes. Yes. That is actually a really good thing, but in this very irrelevant corner, where I have a lot of sway. But so there was basically like a kind of civil war within.

In the Libertarian Party over the last few years. And it was about a lot of the stuff that you were talking about at the beginning. Like, basically, there was like, you know, as you know. Cause you covered it. There was what was called the Ron Paul revolution.

And that's what I was. I was one of the young people in that Ron Paul revolution that totally changed, you know, the way I look at the world. And I became obsessed with all of this stuff. And so there were a bunch of us, and a lot of us had hoped that Rand Paul was kind of gonna carry the mantle and continue this. This Ron Paul energy.

And I'm not saying anything against Rand Paul. I think he's one of the best senator. Probably the best senator. He was great during COVID grilling Fauci and all that stuff. But for whatever reason, there's several.

It didn't work out that way. And Donald Trump came in and stole the Republican Party. And it stole. I mean, he won it. But anyway, so when that happened, there were a lot of us who were, like, kind of disappointed about Rand Paul, and then we had Ron Paul running in the republican party, but then a lot of us started looking to the libertarian party.

Oh, they were the third party candidate, and they ran Gary Johnson and Bill Weld. We were very disappointed with that campaign, particularly with Bill Weld, who was just horrible, sad, defeated guy. And also just, he was like a raytheon lobbyist who was like, what are you doing over there? Total fraud. What's the point if we're gonna have a third party and putting that guy up?

And then during 2020, the people who were running the libertarian party completely failed and didn't oppose the lockdowns and then started, like, virtue signaling during the Black Lives Matter riots about how we must be anti racist for real. Yeah, it was horrible. So, basically, then there was this group called the Mises Caucus that I joined. I was led by this guy named Michael Heiss and Angela McCardle, who ultimately is. She's currently the chair of the party.

And we basically went and took over the whole party in the name of Ron Pauly. And it's like, if there's going to be a libertarian party, it's going to be represented by liberty libertarians. And so, anyway, cutting to. So once that happened, it was kind of my group who took over and they wanted me to run for president on the libertarian ticket. And I was considering it for a while.

Ultimately, it just wasn't the right time for me. I got two little kids. I got a lot going on in my career. It's like it just wasn't the right time for me, but. So now to what you said, Angela McCardell pulled this off, to her great credit that she's got Donald Trump coming.

And speaking at the Libertarian National Convention, it looks like RFK, junior speaker one. When and where is this at the end of the month? It's May, May 24 through 26th, I believe, in Washington. In Washington, DC. That was a decision made by the old guard.

We would not have had our convention in Washington, DC. Do you know where it is? In DC? Yeah, it's at, like at some hotel. I'd have to look it up.

But, yeah, it's at some hotel in DC. But anyway, I mean, RFK just challenged Donald Trump to debate him there, which I don't think is going to happen, but would be very interesting if it did happen. And so it is, at least to me, it kind of represents the Libertarian Party. Who is this third party trying to engage in relevance of some sort and trying to at least. Look, obviously, we're not in a position, we're not going to win the White House or even win any Senate seats or anything like that.

But I do think the Libertarian Party could effectively be used to put pressure, particularly on the Republicans, to be better and to not run like awful neocons and run better candidates. I certainly prefer the kind of America first strain of republicans to the neoconservative strain. And I think right now there is. Well, I mean, there's kind of been a civil war in the right half of America since Donald Trump came onto the scene. But I don't even know if you'd call it a civil war because Donald Trump just won so dominantly.

You know, it's not like the Republicans were split between Jeb Bush and Donald Trump or something like. No, like it was 95% to 5%. But particularly, and I know you've talked about this a lot since the war in Israel, or I should say the war in Gaza, or I don't even know if I should say the war, the attack of Gaza, whatever you call it. I don't know if you can call it a war when one side doesn't have a military. But whatever you call that since that, you've seen this kind of divide grow where I think largely neoconservatism had been rejected by the voters, republican voters.

But when Israel came up, it's a little bit different. I don't know exactly. Well, neoconservatism is like chicken pox. Like, you think you defeat it, and then when your defenses are down, it comes back as shingles. Like, oh, crap, they're democrats now.

Jesus. It just lays dormant. It's always there, and. But when it comes back in its second iteration, when it manifests again, it is disabling. And that's what we're watching.

Like, I. If there's one thing I wanted to help do is get rid of that worldview, but it seems stronger than ever. Well, I think you have done a lot. I mean, I really. Not really.

I mean, it's like everybody, everybody in the Republican Party is completely on board with the idea that wars, non essential wars, make America better or something. That's so nuts. It's, what's, what's so wild to me about it is just after the 20 years of terror wars that have just been such a complete disaster, that America would still be entering these conflicts that are very clearly wars of choice. I mean, I know they can make an argument, like they were making the argument that Putin, if he takes Ukraine, is going to take Poland and then is going to take, which is nothing he's ever said. There's not one thing Putin's ever said that you could point to.

In fact, when you interviewed him, he simply said, if Poland attacks us, that's the only scenario I. He's got the largest country in the world. It's the biggest landmass on planet Earth. It's incredibly complex to run. It's 20% muslim.

They have all these sort of semi autonomous zones throughout the country. He wants more land. I don't think he wants more land. No, look, he's always insane. It's been very, and it's not just that he's said it, but like, almost everyone who was being honest has said it at the top levels of the american government as well as at NATO as well.

His issue was ukrainian entry into NATO. That was always his issue. And we kept pushing that and kept pushing that, and that's what got him to react. And even the head of NATO himself, Strohsenberg, whatever, said that Vladimir Putin said that if you just signed a deal, put it in writing that Ukraine won't join NATO, I won't invade. And NATO refused, and so he invaded.

But is there a single news story even now that doesn't describe, reflexively describe, almost like it's like a block text in, you know, in the, in the computer program. The unprovoked invasion of Ukraine. Right. They always have to say that there's never been a more provoked invasion. Well, I mean, they did it on purpose.

They pushed Russia to invade Ukraine. Well, I mean, like, let's say we had a fairly pro american government in Mexico and Russia wanted to get them to do an economic deal with them. And then we were trying to convince them not to do that economic deal but to do an economic deal with us. And ultimately we convinced them that they're going to be in an economic partnership with us. And so then Russia came in and overthrew the democratically elected government and installed a pro russian government.

And then that led to a civil war where 15,000 people died. And like the pro american side was getting, you know what I mean? Like, would you go? It was so unprovoked. Yeah.

And then Russia said, we're going to get Mexico to join our defense alliance and we're going to put missiles in Tijuana. In Tijuana, right. And no, by the way, that had been floated out for years. And in fact, in 2008, we had formally announced that, that Russia had formally announced that Mexico would be joining their military alliance. Then we went, I'm sorry for people.

You're right. It was a totally organic uprising. Maid on revolution Victoria Nuland happened to be in the middle of handing out sandwiches. Don't let that, you know, like John McCain. And they were going there a lot.

And like, yeah, sure, it was Soros backed NGO's that were funded, but whatever, that's a, it was totally organic movement, you know. And so, yeah, no, it was a series of provocations, very unnecessary ones. And not just like, not just ones that libertarian doves like me or something like that were against. But what, George Kennan, the cold warrior, right, the founder of the containment strategy. What he said was a great piece with him and Thomas Friedman in the New York Times.

And I think it was in 1999, he laid it out right there when we first started the first round of NATO expansion. And he said the people advocating this expansion are going to keep advocating it until theres a russian response. And then when there's that response, they'll say, see, this is why we were right to expand NATO. Obama even made noises that suggested he understood what you just said. Yes.

Well, he refused to send weapons in. Well, I know. I mean, he was, you know, he was there when the government, when Yanukovych was overthrown, but he wouldn't send the weapons in. And then Trump ultimately did. And I think, you know, I think my, you know, like, that was the big scandal about Ukraine gate, right?

Was that Donald Trump kind of did this, you know, kind of like a very trumpian kind of gray area thing where he's like, you know, I'd really like you to investigate the Bidens. Maybe you don't get these weapons if you don't investigate the Bidens. Now, you. The reason why that was so ridiculous to impeach him over was because it was totally legitimate to want to investigate what the Bidens were doing in there by the worst, very corrupt involvement in Ukraine. But that being said, what no one ever talked about in the story was that Trump caved, of course, didn't get the Biden investigation and gave them the weapons.

And like, that never. That was the other reason why the impeachment was so ridiculous, because there's no prid, quid pro quo when you don't get anything for anything. You know what I mean? Like, you could argue it was an attempted quid pro quo, you know what I mean? But he never got anything, but he sent the weapons in.

And I do think part of this, and this was the really, you know, effective the way that the intelligence agencies really won't, was that because a lot of people would look at it like, okay, so the Russiagate was an attempted deep state coup. And essentially it was. I mean, Andrew McCabe admitted on 60 Minutes that they debated at the Justice Department invoking the 25th amendment, and then they ultimately settled on a special prosecutor. You know, I mean, like, they were trying to overthrow the guy. But so on the surface, you could say, oh, it failed.

It failed. You know, in another sense, Donald Trump explicitly ran in 2016 on detente with Russia. Like, let's work with Russia. Let's work together to kill the terrorists. We all don't like terrorists.

Who cares about overthrowing Assad? That's not in our national interest. Who cares? So let's be friends with Russia. Let's get along with them.

And then when you're being called a russian spy every day on the news, you know, then when he went to Helsinki and said, you know, I believe Putin, you know, I don't, I don't think he interfered in the 2016 elections, by the way. There's still never been a shred of evidence presented that he did. They've got, like, one company that they claim had russian IP addresses because no one can fake an IP address. You know, it's like the most ridiculous claim, who was once at a party with Putin or something like that. They have nothing.

And so Trump just said, yeah, I agree with him. And they were like, so you don't trust your intelligence? You know, everyone was freaking out so much that it got to a point where he couldn't have made a deal with Russia, because if he had, that would have just been proof, right? Like, imagine in that environment when Trump, Russia collusion was being said all day long, if Donald Trump had made some deal with Russia, like, see proof he's a russian puppet. And so Donald Trump, I think, went out of his way to prove what a russian puppet he wasn't.

It was like, here's how much I'm not a russian puppet. I'll send weapons into Ukraine. Well, and that happened on a bunch of different issues, unfortunately. But the problem, I would say, at this point, is the desire to go to war with Russia has been pretty much the animating thought in our foreign policy establishment for over 20 years. So now we actually have a hot war with Russia.

We are conducting a war against Russia using our proxy. Ukraine. Totally destroyed Ukraine in the process. We're losing that war. So Ukraine's not going to win that.

I can. I don't see how Ukraine rates impossible. So what happens when that becomes really obvious, that all we've achieved is destroyed this country and killed a million of its young men? And, like, how does the State department and the Atlantic Council and the Aspen Institute and Joe Scarborough and the whole sort of blob, like, how do they respond to that? I mean, I'm sure.

I mean, I think basically it's over. And I don't think anyone even. I mean, this latest round of funding is just, it's an election year, and Biden's trying to kick the can to not let this fall right now. You know what I mean? Be totally obvious.

Also, it's easier to steal the money when it's out of the country. Well, that's for sure. That's for sure. I mean, we have no idea where all this money has been going, but we know Ukraine is a totally trustworthy government. You know, there's no corruption there.

But I think, look, I'm sure they will attempt to spin it in some way where if Zelensky still controls, like, the western portion of Ukraine, they'll be like, he didn't lose the whole country. And Putin would have been in Poland if we hadn't fought this. Of course, it'll all be completely ridiculous. We could have avoided this war by just saying we're not gonna admit Ukraine into NATO and putting that in writing we could have avoided this war. This is not, according to me, according to the head of NATO, we could have avoided this war by doing that.

And these, whatever the number is. And who knows? You never know in the fog of war. I mean, it's not until they really test the excess mortality rate. No, that's right.

But it's clearly in hundreds of thousands. I mean, they've got 50 year olds fighting for them at this point, so that tells you something. They're forced conscripting men with down syndrome. Yes. That means a lot.

That means all your boys are dead, essentially, for sure. And the ones who couldn't, you know, managed to flee. And so, yeah, it's a total disaster. The, like, incredibly dark irony of it is that all the people, like cheering on Ukraine have, just, as John Mearsheimer said in 2014, which aged very well, unfortunately, said we were leading Ukraine down the primrose path, and that's what we did. You actually cheering them on.

But you're leaving them to their demise. And it didn't need to happen. It's terrible. And I'm not absolving Putin of responsibility. He was certainly put, backed into a corner.

But there had to be another answer. I agree. I agree. You know, it's just horrible. But I know at the end of it, it'll be another disaster, and the Hawks in DC will try to spin it as best they can, and then they'll all get promoted and have better jobs.

That seems to be the track record. It does feel, though, that we're coming to the end of something. It's like this was the last effort to exert a certain form of american power abroad. It failed. Does that make them desperate and crazy?

I feel like a loss in Ukraine increases the chances we use tactical nukes against Russia, for example. Well, I mean, I hope I'm wrong. Well, the thing is, it decreases the chances that Russia uses them. So there's that. I mean, you know, there's.

Joe Biden always pretended that the war in Ukraine was a must win. You know, like that we couldn't allow Vladimir Putin to win the war, but that's all just an act. I'm just saying, however you feel about it, it's not actually vital to us survival, whether we. Whether Russia controls Ukraine or not. That's just.

That's absurd. But Vladimir Putin really believed it was a must win. And that actually is a much more reasonable case that you can't lose a war on your border. That's a proxy war. You know, even in the Cold War, we never had you know, we fought in Vietnam, but that's not on Russia's border.

You know what I mean? Like, that's. This is a whole different game. And so the. To me, the real fear from the very beginning was not that Vladimir Putin might win.

The real fear was that, well, what if the west wins? Like, what if Vladimir Putin is humiliated right on his board order and feels that his death is imminent? Because that's. That's the time when nukes might fly. Absolutely.

And so in that sense, you know, it's quite possibly the better outcome. I mean, no, nuclear war is always the better outcome. I do think. And I got to say, I think you're a huge part of this. I think that if you look at, like, say, 2002, when the war drums were beating for Iraq, there was just nothing like what we have today.

I mean, like the. The biggest shows in cable news. The big. They were all for it. They were all.

I was for it. Yes. Well, I was for it until I went to Iraq in 22,003. I immediately apologized. I would say in my defense.

Yeah, what. What is it that. What about the trip made you change your mind? Oh, I was so shocked by the whole thing. So the invasion was in March of zero three.

And, I mean, I was hosting a chat show, a debate show, Crossfire. And actually, it's a true story. I was at lunch with my father, had lunch with my dad every week at the same table in this place and this men's club in Washington. And we were sitting at the table, I'll never forget this, in the fall of 2003. And he goes, when are you going to Iraq?

And I was like, I don't. I don't know. I don't think. I mean, I plan to go to Iraq. I've got a daily show I have to host.

He goes, oh, so you're a journalist and there's a war, but you're not going to cover the war. And I was like, no, I've got four kids and a daily job. He's like, oh, so. But you just kind of sit this one out. And he, like, shamed me into it.

That's true story. He was, like, so unimpressed that I wasn't going to see it. And I was like, okay, you're right. I should go. So I went.

I took leave of my show and went for a couple weeks with some friends who were contractors, defense contractors of all military guys. A buddy of mine called Kelly McCann and a bunch of bill Frost, all these really impressive contractors. And we went to Iraq, and the first thing that happens, we got to Kuwait. We were going to fly in and the insurgency shot down a DHL plane coming into biop or the Baghdad airport. And so we couldn't fly in.

I was like, so we've occupied the country now. I went in December, early December. So that was, I don't know, nine months, and we had at least unequivocal victory over Saddam. Right? He was hiding.

In fact, he was captured in Tikrit the day I got there. So we had just won. And we can't control the airport, right. So then we. We drive in from Kuwait.

Immediately got like it was out of control. People were shooting. It was. It was chaos. It was full chaos.

And then we stayed outside the green zone for. In this. Just this house that they had rented. And one night I'm sitting on the roof on a sat phone trying to talk to my wife back in Washington, taking our dog to the vet, and someone starts shooting at me. And then all these people start shooting at our house.

There's a gun battle at the house. What, do you have a gun when you're over there? Oh, absolutely. I must have fired for it, actually. Amazingly, you were told to carry a gun.

It was so out of control when I was there that journalists and NGO workers or, I don't know, certainly me, you had to go get a certification from the state Department. I still have my badge. It's hanging in my office right there that you qualified with. This was an AK 47. Well, I actually had an AK 47 already.

Not fully automatic, but just my range. I knew how to operate it. But yet you were required to carry it. That's how out of control it was. And then a buddy of mine got killed there.

A journalist was killed there. A guy called Mike Kelly was a really great guy. And the bottom line was, we're not good at colonialism because we don't have the self confidence. We're not sort of bringing Christianity and civilization. There's no clearly defined goal for this, and we're bad at it.

And the armed forces is not designed to do that. And the effect was super obvious. It was chaos. And the one thing I cannot deal with, and I hate, and I think all people hate instinctively, is chaos. People can handle repression.

They live under oppression of regimes all through history. They have. They can't handle chaos. And we brought chaos to Iraq. And I just thought, this is the opposite of what a great power should be doing.

This is disgusting. And I saw really, really clearly that it would never get better. And I'll just add one more thing to this, which I've never forgotten. We went into the green zone one night and had dinner with some generals. I did.

And I had always sort of liked that my dad was the military. I sort of respected the military. I didn't realize how corrupt and disgusting and feminized the officer class was and politicized. Just repulsive people, actually at the flag officer level. So we're sitting at dinner and this general is telling me about.

I saw something really touching today. I saw, we had this female officer and she was killed. Her legs were blown off by an IED, and her husband was there and he, you know, they've got three kids back in Virginia, but he held her hand as she died of this ultimate sacrifice for America. And I was like, what? You're, like celebrating this?

A girl got killed, a mother. I thought we fought wars to protect mothers and children. First of all, if you're sending girls to fight your wars, you're disgusting because you're violating the most basic agreement there is, which is the man protects, and in exchange for that, the willingness to sacrifice his life, he gets to be revered as a man and sit at the head of the table. And all the benefits of being a man, and there are many. But if you're your children, 100%, if you're sending women to protect you, if there's a home invasion at your house at three in the morning, you're like, honey, I dealt with the last one.

Go. Go defend us. I hope that she leaves you, and she will, by the way. Yes. So if you're sending women to defend you, it's not a civilization worth defending.

That's how I feel. Can you imagine? I mean, going up with the mother of your children, mother going to war with a mother gets her legs blown off, and you think that's a good thing? And I lost control at the table with this guy and said almost exactly what I think. It's disgusting.

And it's not because I don't think women should be defending our country, not because I don't love women. It's because I do love women. They're above that. We should. We should be defending our women.

Yeah. I don't know how supporting women, getting their legs. Exactly. Become the pro woman position. Exactly.

And this guy accused me of being, like, a woman hater or. So here I've got a wife and three daughters who I reviewed Veer, who I would die for without thinking. And I'm like, I hated him. I don't think I've ever hated a man more than I hated this general. I wish I remember his name.

And the pio, the fairly well known sort of spokesman for the provisional authority, Dan Senor, was sitting at the table. He was very offended by my behavior, but I was outraged. And that rage has sort of never just exploded on you. Sorry, but it's never left. I really enjoyed it.

I came to Washington and I was like. And I did an interview with the New York Times. I said, I cannot believe I supported something. This is totally evil, what we're doing. And I've never moved from that position.

I lost all these friends for saying that. Whatever. I'm not. I don't want to talk about myself, continue talking myself. But, yeah, you didn't.

Well, because I've just. I've heard you say several times that your trip over there, you know, like, turns you against the war, but I never, like, heard you really, like, say what, specifically? It was celebrating the death of a mother. Yeah. And then getting mad at me because I don't.

I'm not gonna celebrate the death of a mother. What about her children and her husband? Like, this is disgusting. And it's. It's.

It's so dark and horrible that we dress it up with ideology. Well, the thing that's almost like that. To make it palatable. Right. Well, the thing that's almost more dark and horrible than just that is when you add on the fact that this was a small group of people who wanted this war going back into the nineties and that they used 911 as the excuse to.

You know what I mean? Be like, oh, yeah, now we can go get our bonus war. Oh, look at this. Right now we've got a blank check from the american people, which they did that you tell us. You say the word terrorist in point, and we will support you bombing the crowd.

And I knew it was bullshit even at the time. And I went over to the White House for something, to see Bush or cheney or somebody. I think I was seeing Cheney, whatever. I was on the White House. He's a really warm guy.

Great guy.

I was there, and it was like, maybe the fall of 2002, and they'd been talking about senved veda rock stuff, but I didn't take it seriously because I thought it was so crazy. It was like a non sequitur. It was like. It was just not connected in any sense to 911, obviously. And guys like, you know, paid liars like Steve Hayes or someone write these books like, al Qaeda did it.

And I work with Steve Hayes, and I was so embarrassed by that. It's like he's dumb, so he didn't know. But I just felt, I was like, this whole thing was so nuts. So I never thought we were gonna invade Iraq. I never thought that.

And I show up and I'm whatever, like having a cigarette on the lawn outside where all the, all the sticks are, all the stand up guys, the tv cameras are. And I run into Mike Allen, he's an old friend of mine from a Washington Post reporter, now runs axios and really nice person and has this, like, clarity of vision that I don't have because he hasn't caught in the weeds on shit. And I said, we're not really going to invade Rock. He goes, of course we are. And I said, how do you know that?

He goes, well, because it's all the machinery is moving in that direction. Like, if it's going to happen. I was like, that can't really happen. He goes, oh, no, that's going to happen. He wasn't endorsing it.

He could just see that if everyone starts talking about something, they will convince themselves that it's true and it will happen. We should remember that. Don't overthink things. If something really obvious is happening, it's happening. Yeah, sometimes.

Yeah, sometimes it's almost too hard to accept intellectuals, people like you, and to some extent me, have a lot of trouble seeing that because we're like, well, actually, no, no, the obvious is real. Yeah. And it's almost like if you just, if you like, you know, remove yourself, like, if you transcend the moment, it's like it's so obvious. Exactly. Of course this is happening.

And there's, you know, what's unbelievable to me that really, like, what's woken me up about the warfare state is, you know, like how much it's all based on lies and that you see that there's only like a few. And I. You call me an intellectual. I'm really not an intellectual. You know, like I'm a, I'm a comedian who likes to read.

No, no, but you think about why things happen. Sure, sure. But I just mean that I'm not an expert in any of this stuff, but, you know, I just know enough to know that the supposed experts are completely full of shit. Like, all, all I have to know is these four, like, narrative shattering things. And so, like, like, just a few of them are like, look, you could read and anyone can go read this.

You'll find it's called a clean break, a new strategy for securing the realm. It was a letter written by Richard Pearl and David Worms. Are and a few other neo became very powerful in the George W. Bush. I knew all those guys.

This was written in 1996 and it was not written to Bill Clinton. It was not written to Bob Dole, who was running for president that year. It was written to Benjamin Netanyahu, who had just become the prime minister of Israel. And the clean break, the strategy was a break from this whole peace process nonsense that Yitzhak Rabin and them had agreed to. And basically it was like, well, look, it was the beginning laying down of what the Netanyahu Yahoo.

Doctrine was ultimately to be, which has culminated in a wild success, as you know. And so basically the idea was like, well, look, forget all of this, like this peace process where you focus on land exchanges and whose land belongs to who. That's all kind of lame. And so what really you should do is reach out to the broader arab world, kind of make arrangements with them so you don't have to go through this peace process. And that starts with overthrowing Saddam Hussein.

And like that's our first step here. And then there's several other steps, but it's outlined why we want Saddam Hussein overthrown. And so then this was for Israel's interests. We wanted this, this war in 1996. Now, by the way, there's other things I'm not like saying, like Israel is 100% pulling the strings of the american government.

I think a big part of the reason why the war ended up happening was also because George W. Bush had a personal beef against Saddam Hussein and tried to have his father killed. But these neoconservatives then who get into as soon as 911 and in the project for a new american century, when they talked about how they wanted to fight wars on multiple fronts, they explicitly said they probably wouldn't be able to do that unless there was like a new, another Pearl harbor type event where there'd be enough popular support too. Now the 911 truthers, the Alex Jones guys, for a while, they would hang on that as evidence that, you know, whatever Cheney did, 911 or something like that or something elements within our government, I think they're over playing their hand there. I don't actually think that, but it certainly is evidence that they recognize what it was once it happened.

What do you think that now? I should say what you already know, which is we don't really know that much about 911 because so many documents remain classified 23 years later. And why would that be? There's no excuse for that. They should, every one of them should be released this afternoon.

They won't be. So we can only speculate to some extent. But, like, what should we be suspicious of the official explanation for 911? Speaker one, I think you should always be suspicious of any government explanation for anything. I mean, like, that.

That should always be your starting point. Like, I'm not saying you should jump to a conclusion about what happened, but, and I think this is, by the way, this is my worldview that has served me very well over the last. Like, I, I kind of, like, I basically, my podcast kind of took off and a big part of, well, a big part of that is like Joe Rogan and stuff like that. But I've just kind of been consistently right on the biggest issues. I have a good track record now.

Like, I was in real time, like, calling out how obviously Trump was not a russian agent. And in real time, I was saying the hunter Biden laptop was real and in real time. I was against lockdowns from the very beginning. And I was again. And it's all because I just, I operate from a worldview of recognizing the government as essentially a criminal gang.

They're basically the Mafia who won, and now they just rule, you know what I mean? And, like, so having taken out the real and much less benign actual mafia, that's also, and that's part of the reason why they, they don't like the Mafia. Cause you're a competing gang. You're not allowed to be the gang here. We're the gang.

And so when you look at things through that frame, yes, they're all a bunch of liars and they're, they're power brokers. And so, yeah, I don't trust anything they say. I try to just go off what I know. So we don't know exactly what happened on 911. We do know at this point that there was pretty high level saudi involvement and that the Saudis have, that the government knew that and had no interest in punishing those people and, in fact, still wanted to continue doing business with them.

We do know that we were comfortable enough fighting on the same side as al Qaeda in Libya, in Syria, and in Yemen. So it didn't seem like al Qaeda fighting al Qaeda wasn't really the motivating force. And like I said, we know that this group of neocons who hijacked the federal government wanted these wars. And after 911 used that opportunity to get them used that opportunity. But anyway, so the point I was making about not being an expert but being able to shatter this narrative, it's like, wait, so do you, just to be clear, though, do you think it's possible that people within the US government were aware this was going to happen before?

I. Sure. Absolutely. That's possible. Yeah.

I mean, you know, I wouldn't put that past them. It's kind of. Listen, these are people who are. And I think this is one of the things that people have been waking up to a lot more recently. And this has led to some wild conspiracies, some of which are not true, some of which might be true, but people have been waking up more and more to recognizing, like, who are these people?

You know what I mean? Like, these people who have, like, real power in our government. Like, who are these people? I mean, you know, you take someone like Hillary Clinton. So it's like, okay, so your husband is a rapist.

I mean, he's been accused of rape by multiple women. Clearly a sexual predator. You know, I mean, a man who even just the stuff we know, confirmed this was a man who, when he was a married president, was, like, fucking a 20 year old intern in the White House. Like a sexual predator. You know what I mean?

And, okay, your best friend, her husband also is a sexual predator who's sending naked pictures to underage girls. Like, hey, that's weird. It is. How many people do you know who are married to a sexual predator whose best friend's also married to a sexual predator? Like, what?

I. You know, like, I'm not even good. What is that? No, you're like, I'm not drawing any more. Who are these people?

And these are people who are like, you know, bohemian Grove is real. They're doing really weird stuff there. Jeffrey Epstein was real. There was a, like, pedophile ring that a lot of the most powerful people were connected to, at least knew about, and didn't feel like blowing the whistle on it. These are people who are comfortable making decisions where babies will die.

You know, like, mass slaughter will happen, and they can sleep at night. And, like, I'm not saying, like, a situation where either our babies are gonna die or their babies are gonna die, and there's a horrible. A decision where, like, no, we're choosing this to happen. And they're kind of okay with that. And you kind of wake up to, like, so when you say, like, is it possible that they'd kill Americans or be complicit in that?

Like, yeah, of course. Of course that's possible. I don't have enough evidence to, like, prove that that's the case, but I can prove that they wanted these wars. And then when the opportunity to get them came, they lied through their fucking teeth. In order to sell the wars.

Look, General Wesley Clark, he said, as I'm sure you've seen, his democracy now interview where he said that he saw the plans in late 2001, that it wasn't just that we were going into Iraq, but that we were also going to have regime change in Syria and several other countries. But then when they go to start the regime change in Syria 2013 or whatever, they started in 2012, but then they go, oh, we have to overthrow Assad because, you know, he's killing all of his own people. It's like, no, no, no. You wanted to overthrow Assad over a decade ago. Don't give me this bullshit that this is some new plan now.

So I do know that they will lie through their teeth to the american people like this. I know for certain that they will lie through their teeth to the american people to get enough public support for mass slaughter campaigns, because they want those campaigns for completely, completely different reasons. And again, like I said before, this isn't speculation. They wrote this in their own words. One of the reasons they wanted to remake the Middle east in this way is because they thought it was in Israel's interest.

And that, to me, is, like, just totally unacceptable as an american, that you're, first off, you're lying to the people of this country, and you're doing something with a foreign country's interest in mind that's just, like, so appalling that I think people should be, like, publicly hung for it after a trial, after a fair trial. I mean, it's not America first. I would say that it's kind of hard to. It's kind of hard to let go of square that circle. But what's interesting is that so many people who talk about America first or whatever, they're fully on board with this.

They attack anyone who's not. I had a thoroughly bizarre experience the other day, and maybe you can shed light on what it means, because I don't fully understand it. But I was doing Rogan's podcast at your urging, so thank you for that. I had a great time. I loved the podcast.

Yeah, it was super, super fun. But, you know, it's very long. It was like 3 hours long, so. And I can't stop talking. So.

All right. Another thing. And I'm going on about whatever, you know. And at one point, I just blurted out for, like, 15 seconds something I thought about recently, which is the use of the nuclear bombs. They have been used in August of 1945 against Hiroshima and then Nagasaki.

Complex topic. A lot of it's not publicly. Well, known. Okay. But just the bottom line fact that we dropped this particularly bomb on Nagasaki, which was the christian capital of Japan, by the way, that bomb was dropped on a church and killed three quarters of the christians in the city, which bothers me as a Christian.

But leaving even that aside, it killed civilians, wasn't dropped on a military base. It was killed. Killed civilians. And, like, I get why people did it, or maybe I don't get it, but I think 80 years later, we can say not something to brag about incinerating civilians. I don't care what the context is.

That's evil. That's all. Basically all I said, holy shit, did I get attacked from the right? And I thought, and I don't even follow the attacks of me ever, but I kept getting texts from people. I can't believe you said that.

Or people are mad at you for saying that. And I thought of all the dumb, cruel, untrue things I have said over 30 years of just talking in public, a lot of which I regret, and I hope I've apologized for every bad thing I've said, but I've said a lot of really things impossible to defend. That's what they attack me on. Yeah. What is that?

Well, and just the fact, like, even as you're saying, like, again, if you want to attack you on something like, hey, you supported the war in Iraq. Oh, sure. Like, there's a thing, like, I really got this wrong. And it was, how is what a, like, twisted society. I defended Mitt Rodney when he ran.

Yeah, I mean, but guys, all of the people who got all of these wars wrong don't receive as much outrage as you for saying after the war was won. And by the way, like, if you know anything about five star General Dwight Eisenhower was against the new necessary where they were ready to negotiate a surrender. We didn't need to do this. It's like. But also.

There's just no but. I didn't even get into the details of the. No, no, you were sitting wrong on its face. Exactly. I was just.

The principle of using nuclear weapons against the civilian population, you could construct in your mind a scenario where you could justify it, I guess, but it's still sort of in the cold light of day, hard to defend incinerating civilians, by the way, with incendiary bombs, too, or conventional bombs, as in Dresden, or. It's just bad. Why would that make people on the right so mad? What is that? So this is my, my kind of theory on it is that if you, you'll kind of notice World War two, a long time ago at this point generates this enormous, you know, you said the thing I love when you said that, about how you could tell there's an infection because you touch it.

Yes. Recoil. Yes. Something's infected there. Right.

Yes. And I could sit here all day long and talk about how we shouldn't have fought World War one and which we shouldn't have fought. That's generate no controversy. I could say this all day long and go through how Woodrow Wilson was completely wrong to get us involved in World War one. And this.

You know what I mean? He was bullshit. Yes. Yeah. Nobody cares.

This will not, I will not hear anything on twitter tomorrow about saying this. I could talk about how Vietnam was a complete disaster or also lied into that war and how many people died in it. Korea, Iraq, all of that. World War two is the one that is. But what's so weird about that is clearly the most important.

And we talked about, so the most important thing in your life is your marriage and your children. Yes. So if I said to you, Dave Smith, I think you have a shitty marriage, you would be like, no, actually, I have a nice marriage that wouldn't, like, you wouldn't be mad about that. You'd be like, I don't think you really know because you're not hiding anything. Right?

So, like, well, so here's. Right. Well, here's what it is, right? And like, I want to be very clear just when I say this. I'm.

If you're, like, trying to read between the lines here. I'm not saying that the Holocaust didn't happen or something like that. It did happen. And yes, those people are dead. My family was involved in it.

One of the worst things that ever happened. I agree. But look, World War two is the origin story of the american empire. That's when we really became the world empire. And it's the justification for the entire empire.

It's why every single neocon, every single hawk goes back to World War two anytime there's a war, because that's what's used to. To justify every other war. We stopped Hitler, okay? We'd all be speaking German if it wasn't for the american military. So how dare you question the next thing?

That's why Sam Hussein was Hitler, Milosevic was Hitler, Putin's Hitler. They're all Hitler. I can't tell you how many people I've heard, and I've debated some of these people who are defending Israel's attack on Gaza by going, well, we killed a lot of civilians in world War two, you know, so just like that, as if Hamas are the Nazis. It's anything comparable. But the thing is that.

So when you talk about World War two, you're only allowed to have the official narrative on it. And here it is. We all know what it is, right? Who are you, Neville Chamberlain? You mean you don't want to go to war?

You want to appease. That's the only lesson of history that you're allowed to learn, is that appeasement doesn't work. Presumably we should have started the war earlier, I guess, is the story. But every. By the way, you can never learn the lesson of history that sometimes, like, preemptive wars don't work.

Sometimes, you know, like, ruthless power doesn't work. Maybe sometimes appeasement would be better than that. You know, it's like there's only one. You know? And so that's the lesson.

By the way, same thing with Putin, everybody who, if you didn't support the war, I know you got called this. I watched you get called this. You were never chamberlain for not wanting to back Ukraine immediately in the war. Right? It's the only lesson in history now.

You can't look at World War two and say, hey, maybe Danzig was the lesson. Maybe war guarantees were the lesson. I'm not even saying they are. Maybe not. But objectively speaking, if we want to be honest about world War two, World War two is the worst thing that ever happened in the history of the world.

Yes. By definition, the worst thing that ever happened. More people killed. The Holocaust happened in the middle of it. Tens of millions of people died in european conflict.

Brutal conflict on all sides. Destroyed the greatest continent. Yes. Now, right. Exactly.

Now, okay. If you want, you know, they say winners of wars, right? The history. And, man, did the Nazis and imperial Japan make it really easy because they were so evil. They were like.

They were like caricatures of evil, you know, and they really were. Now, it's a little more complicated than that. Cause Stalin's army wasn't, like, high fiving everybody on the way in to Germany. They raped every woman in Germany. Right?

I mean, it's like there's a lot of. But any sane person, if you look back at World War two and you recognize the worst thing that ever happened, you would try to say, how could we have avoided this? Exactly. What could we have done to not make this happen? The lesson should be like, oh, my God, we imposed Versailles on the Germans and insisted on humiliating them internationally.

And look at the backlash of this. Whatever. There's all this. A lot of it comes down to entering World War one, and World War two was really the exact. But it's like the only lesson you're allowed to take away is this.

But, you know, I really liked the way you put it on Rogan, and it was just kind of a quick aside. But look, it's just so evil on its face that I know human beings are amazing at doing mental gymnastics to justify anything. I've been doing a lot of debates on the topic of Israel, and I've been watching this firsthand. You know, it's like, you could watch videos every day on Twitter of babies, you know, like, suffocating to death under building, under rubble. And, like, someone will justify that.

Someone will say, well, actually, we need to do this, because whatever, all of Hamas must be destroyed. Why? Exactly? Like, why is it absolutely necessary? You're telling me Israel, the fortress of the world, can't just not drop the ball again?

You know what I mean? Like, there's not some other answer other than this. And of course, America must fund it for reasons. But it's like, no, actually, that is just evil. And the onus is on you to exhaust every single other option before doing.

But it's just interesting. It's like, I've done a lot of evil things in my life, and I really regret it. I think all of us are capable of evil. I've never committed genocide or anything, but, I mean, I've been pointlessly cruel or deceptive, and, you know, and I'm ashamed of it. So I'm not judging even Harry Truman for this.

But it's like, why can't. Why is that so offensive? And the other question I have, and maybe you've got insight into this. I don't know that much. I've read a lot about World War Two.

I'm not an expert, but, like, this worship of Churchill, I think, is very odd. There's a lot about Churchill, I think, that was impressive. Erudite guy, fluid writer. Had a kind of style that I like. Used tobacco, which I love.

I mean, there's a lot about Churchill, right. That's in the procurement. It's cool, for sure, but here are the facts. Like, he sold his country on a war using the idea that we must defend the territorial integrity of Poland. There are other reasons.

That was the main reason. Right? Poland. Okay, maybe that's a reason. Then, four years later, he hands Poland to the Soviets after a bloodbath.

Yes. This country that we went to war on behalf of, I'm handing it to a worse master. A more totalitarian master. Or at least as bad. Yeah, I mean, the only other one who.

Or one of the only other two who rival, I guess you could say. If Hitler had won the war, could he have then killed more people than stuff? I guess we'll never know. But, yeah, still up there. Okay, so that's a huge problem.

And Kobe debate who. But clearly you don't care about Poland if you just handed it to Stalin or clearly it didn't work, you know, or something. There's, like, there's a massive disconnect. So that's the first fact. The second fact is he was rejected by his own voters right after the war, so they actually weren't so impressed by his leadership.

And the third fact is that war destroyed Britain, and that country is a depressing husk right now. I go there a lot. Unfortunately, I don't want to go there. It's the most depressing place I can imagine. It's totally defeated in some deep spiritual sense, and it's embarrassing to go there.

So you destroy your country on behalf of Poland and then you hand it to Stalin. Like, I don't. Those are the bottom line facts about Churchill. There are a lot of other things to say about him, but those are the salient points. How could anybody think that's good?

Well, you know, in a, in Pat Buchanan, seriously, like, 100%, you know, Pat Buchanan's book, Churchill, Hitler and the Unnecessary War. The unnecessary war is in quotes because that's not Pat Buchanan saying it. It's a Churchill quote that Churchill, after the war, said it was the most avoidable, unnecessary war. Afterward, he took Britain from being the most powerful nation in the world to being totally defeated. They lost that war as much as anybody else did.

But look at it now. Yeah, it's disgusting, by the way, there's so many, there's so many, like, ripple effects of this, too, because they also, you know, the whole situation with Israel, Palestine, this is also a result of the british empire being defeated. Right. And being driven out. So there's so much to this, but why defend it?

That's the way, look, I'm not even judging Churchill. I may have made similar decisions. I've made so many bad decisions in my life, I'm not even judging. I'm just saying, 80 years later, when we can see clearly the aftermath, how could you possibly defend that? And why would you want to?

And also, I just, you know, like, there's a reason, I mean, there's lots of reasons why America was so successful as a country, but part of the reason really was the brilliance of our founding fathers and the system that they created. I mean, that's a huge part of it. And there's like a, you know, it's like when they. George Washington's farewell address where he warns about entangling alliances. Yes.

There was something really profound that they saw there. And this, this idea, and this is a real problem with, like, it's like, why would we even want Ukraine and NATO? Why do we want to make war guarantees for countries that we have neither the resources nor the political will to actually defend in the case of a war? Look, I mean, like, first off, we're broke. We're $34 trillion in debt.

We can't afford our own wars, let alone everybody else's. We're literally, it's so cartoonish. We're borrowing money. You know, it's like if you were, like, if I was giving my sister money and my cousin's money and all of them, but I'm putting it on a credit card. You know what I mean?

Like, I don't have the money, but I'm. I'm such a great guy. I'm helping my whole family. It's like, no, you're not in a position. They're not even our family.

Right. They're not even our family. Some random guy, literally some junkie you met at Safeway. Yes, that's a better analogy. That is a better analogy for Ukraine than my sister.

Yes. And so, like, it's just totally absurd. But then also, at the same time, like, look, wars horrible. There's always some type of conflict going on in the world, and it's awful. But, like, are.

The question is, like, would you be willing or would you be willing to send your kids to go fight and die over between, you know, to determine whether, you know, the Donbas region is ruled by Kiev or Moscow. Like, is that important enough to you? Because to me is a very easy answer, which is, no, I would not be. But would it be worth killing a million Ukrainians? Yeah.

Right, right. Yes. But I'll put a flag in my bio and support my politicians printing money to send over them, or I should say printing money to then buy from weapons companies. Weapons to then send over to them a mix of weapons and cash or whatever. But, yeah, I mean, like, so to me, would you mind, though, not referring to them as weapons companies, but defense manufacturers?

I'm sorry. Yes, that's right. The defense department, the defense manufacturer, the intelligence community. That's my favorite one. The intel, the community, they're all just, like, gardening with each other and stuff, you know.

So you described yourself as a comic who likes to read. Yeah. Let me ask you about comedy. So went and had dinner with Rogan last month and was not my world. I had no idea that Austin, Texas, had become, like, the world capital of comedy.

Yeah. What? He made it the world capital of comedy. So you described him as the Johnny, the modern Johnny Carson. 100%.

So, like, how does it work, the system now? It's like, well, I mean, Rogan, so he was doing the podcast in LA for many years. That's when I first met him. He was living out in LA, and he left, I think, during the lockdown slash riots, you know, when California, as you know very well, is falling apart, which is one of the great tragedies. It really is.

It's awful. And so he decided to take it down to Austin, where they had kind of, like, opened up, and it was flourishing. And Austin is, it's like, it's one of the last, like, great liberal cities in this country, you know, which is. And like, I know a lot of people on the right who kind of have this attitude of like, well, screw them. They voted in these policies and all that.

But I just think that is wrong. That is the wrong attitude to have. You need liberal cities and to have a healthy country, you kind of need that dynamic as much as you need beautiful country. You know, liberal cities are all that we have. Well, of course, functioning liberal cities.

That's what I mean. Yeah. Yeah. You need them to not be hellholes, which many of them have turned into. But so Rogan, it just started because there was something about, you know, just like the stars aligning, you know, in a very similar way to.

I heard you talk about. I think you were talking to me about how, look, there's something to the fact that, say you get fired from Fox News, and it happens to be at this point where Elon Musk bought Twitter and turned it into pretty amazing, and everyone's there and you're protected there. They're not going to ban you. And, you know, when Bill O'Reilly got fired from Fox News, there was nothing like that. No, that's totally right.

You go to a relevance. Rogan happened to kind of, like, come up as this Internet world was exploding, and he's just such an interesting guy, such a genuine guy, that his podcast just took off and he became kind of, like, in this situation where he. Anybody who kind of comes on or if you come on and you do well, you know, it's just like the biggest opportunity and he's such a genuinely, like, generous person that I think he loves that. I think that's his favorite thing of all of it out of owning the comedy club, the podcast. Like, everything he does, I see it in him.

What he really loves, what really makes him happy is that he gets to kind of bring all of his guys with him. And, you know, I know a lot of friends who, Joe has changed their lives. You know, like, he's been, it's the Johnny Carson thing. I remember Jerry Seinfeld hearing him. I don't know him, but hearing him described doing Carson.

Oh, yeah. And he said it was a, he said it was an experience, like having kids, where you go in one person and come out another person, you know what I mean? Which is really, is the experience, particularly that first kid, because you literally, like, it's like you and your wife go to a hospital as a couple and then you leave that hospital as like, wild. We're mommy and daddy now. Really weird feeling, like, focused on your wife, and you come out obsessed with the baby.

Yeah, yeah, yeah. And then your wife's like, hobbling in the background and you're like, yeah, just kidding. Kind of. But anyway, but, uh, it's, but it's this amazing, you know, it's like, you know, it's like you're on drugs, basically. Like you're high.

When you first come out with a new baby, you kind of can't believe it. And you also, you don't know what you're doing with the first one, you know, and you, but you figure it out. But anyway, he said Carson was like that, like, you go into nobody, then you come out and you're a somebody. And it's kind of like that with Rogan. Like, it's just, and it's.

There's all these similar dynamics. Like, he'll kind of go, you know, like, he'll go like 2 hours and 15 minutes with some people, and then he'll go like three and a half hours sometimes if he really likes the conversation. And you never know as you know when you're in there, you have no idea how long you actually. No. Or whatever.

But it's. And that, like, my experience with him was he heard me on a mutual friend of ours, Ari Shafir's podcast, who I love, also hilarious. That guy's telling us he's so funny. He's like. And also just a great person and an insane person, but one of the best people I've ever known.

And so I was on his podcast, and Rogan heard it and he goes, I think this guy's awesome. I want to have him on. And it was just like that. Like, he loved what I was saying, so he's like, oh, I want to make this guy, like, successful. It's just, like, amazing.

And what happened to your life? Well, I started making money, so that was, that was pretty. So it was that. It was kind of that simple. It was.

I mean, it was like, it wasn't exactly just that, but immediately, the, like, I was already doing my podcast, and then immediately, as soon as the first one with Rogan was out, my numbers, like, shot up. Like, all of a sudden, I had a big audience. I went from having a tiny little audience, like, having a big audience, and then every, you know, I've done it a lot of times. Every time you do it, your numbers shoot up. Your numbers shoot up.

And so, like, that's just unbelievable. And, you know, one of the things about Rogan is, and I gotta say, and I really mean this, I think you have this quality, too. And I kind of knew this about you. Like, I've watched you for many years at this point. I watched you, I mean, a little bit when you were on Crossfire, but I watched your show, your show on MSNBC a lot, and then I always watched.

You're the only. You're the only one. The MSNBC one. That might be true. It's not truly fox.

That's not true at all for Fox. But you. You might be right about MSNBC. It was me. I was.

I had Ms NBC on all day long for whatever reason. Kind of just to, like, piss me off for most of the time. But also getting off on a tangent. MSNBC was a very different thing back then. It was so night and day.

I know today, I mean, you just can't even. It was so much smarter and more thoughtful. There was still a lot of propaganda to it. There was still a lot of bullshit. I think you've gotten better over the years.

Yeah, sure. But as a network, they got so much worse. I mean, like, but morning Joe used to be like, you and Pat Buchanan. Oh, yeah. And Rachel Maddow.

Oh, yeah. And Dylan Ratigan even. Totally. I kind of watched Dylan Radigan. Yeah.

Had something to say. Sometimes completely. That's kind of. And I mean, it's become like every single host has the same opinions as the last hour. Precisely.

There's not one era now. Occasionally there'll be the guy, like, what's his name? I'm blanking on his name, who just got canned because he was pro palestinian. Oh, exactly right. So occasionally, you'll have one guy who has a different opinion, and then, oh, he's out pretty quickly.

My favorite part of MSNBC is all the black people on the air have exactly the same opinions, too. What's the point of diversity if everyone went to Princeton and is a neoliberal? Well, there's nothing. There's nothing more. They could get some rappers on MSNBC.

They would never be allowed. Right, right. Because. But there's something about, um, like, being ideologically possessed that's very unpleasant. You know what I mean?

Like, and there's something. One of the things that was great about your show on Fox News is that, like, you would, on many key issues, have a completely different opinion than everybody else at Fox News. Yeah. And it'd be kind of crazy to watch the whole Newsday. Not that I watched the whole news day, but I knew what their guys take were.

And everybody is like, yeah, we got to go attack, you know, Assad, because he just gassed his other people. And then, like, you would, like, come on at 08:00 p.m. And by the way, I remember because I was doing this show with Se cup at the time, I worked for CNN very briefly as, like, a contributor. And I remember having. It was the first week after the gas attack.

Now, this was poison gas against his own people. But now, this is before the OPCW whistleblowers had, like, come out and say, so. I didn't, like, have any, like, evidence. I could feel it. Well, I mean, you just look at it and you go, okay, so you're telling me that this is.

We're in 2018 now? 2017. 2018. Assad has been fighting a civil war since 2012, fighting for his survival, fighting to not go out like Gaddafi, like, to not get sodomized. Donald Trump announces that we're pulling out.

He announces that you won. You're gonna live. You're not gonna be sodomized to death by a mob. Right? Okay.

And then Assad decides a week and a half later, I'm gonna do the one thing that would turn international opinion around to keep me at risk of being sodomized right away on the face of it. Like, no, I don't think so. And, like, the onus is on you. But anyway. But everyone else at Fox News, the whole day would be saying that, and then you'd have something different to say.

Yeah, there's something incredibly boring about someone. You just tell me. Don't even tell me the name. But it's an MSNBC host, someone who hosts the show. You could pick the name in your head and I'll tell you their opinion on everything.

Climate change, it's an existential crisis. And we have to. Blah, blah, blah. You know, racism. Well, we have to confront systemic racism.

We have to go conversation about race. I always think. Really? I'd love to. Yeah.

Yeah, exactly right. I don't think you want that. Well, that's right. And it's. And no, and it's just so boring.

So boring that you. Anyway, where I was. But also, can I just also say soul destroying. Yes. Like, what you were saying earlier, I thought was so right on about repeating lies is such an offense against you.

Like, where's your self respect? Have you no dignity? Like, are you just like an animal who can be, you know, hit with a shock collar and forced to perform tricks? Like, don't. And there's something, dude.

There's something. It's like a universal law where you kind of, like the way I think Jordan Peterson said it was like, you get to choose your suffering. You don't get to choose no suffering. You get to choose your suffering. And this is true across everything.

Like, we. You could sit down and have a fat piece of cheesecake, or you could jump on the treadmill. The cheesecake feels awesome. Yes. The treadmill fucking sucks.

Yes, it does. You know what I mean? Yes. But you're paying a price. You're just kind of choosing.

But I'm not saying you should never sit back and have cheesecake. Like, sometimes you got to do that, but it's like you're choosing your suffering. Like, I'm. And there's this choice where I'm going to choose to suffer upfront now so that I have some benefit later. And it's always kind of that dynamic.

And when you lie to yourself, it's like, okay, you're choosing this kind of short term. You know, this lie will have whatever positive effects it'll have. Exactly. Right. This person might believe I'm a little bit cooler than I really am or whatever, but there's a long term.

There's never not a cost. You can never get away from that without paying some type of price. So degrading. And that's the price. So degrading.

Like, how could. And it's interesting. And all the people with self respect are gone. They've been purged. Yeah.

But then there's also. Okay, so part of that price, too. And this is what I was getting at, which the thing that you and Rogan have in common is that so many of those hosts and I don't know all of them. You know, I've done a lot of shows at Fox News, met a lot of people over there, and I did a lot of shows at CNN when I was working there. And so I met a lot of those guys.

I've never, I was one time in the MSNBC studios and just met a few of the people there. But they're like, so many of them are totally phony. They're just not, I mean, I've had things where, like, I've gone and grabbed beers with people after, like, a show at Fox News, like, after doing Kennedy or doing cute or something like that. And one time there was a green beret, I won't name him, but he's a, he was a green Beret who served a couple tours in Afghanistan. And he was on, when we were on the show, he was talking about, you know, how supporting the surge, I think, I can't remember this years ago.

I think it was Trump's first surgeon. And then we go out for beers afterward, and he was like, listen, there is no army over there that we've been building up. There's nothing. They'll fold in a day. And he goes, let me tell you.

And he would tell me about, like, the, you know, he goes, dude, we would, we would give them, you know, like some machine guns. We'd go out on a mission, come back. They used them to rob everybody in the village. There's no afghan army that we're building up. The Taliban will run right through them.

It's like, oh, why didn't you just tell everybody that? You know what I mean? Like, why did you totally lie when we were on tv? And it's just, there's a lot of people who do that. And you can smell that.

You can smell that on them, though. Like, even if you don't know that, over time, people kind of know. People kind of know, like, oh, these guys are, and there is something, having watched you for a long time and now having met you, and this is Joe Rogan, too, you are exactly the same person off camera that you are. I hope so. And there's no now with Bobby, there might be something you'd say off camera that you wouldn't say on camera, but there's nothing you're saying, but there's nothing you're saying on camera or that you don't believe.

I was like, I would never do that. And so that's like, I think that is, you don't have to say everything you think. You cannot lie. Right? Right.

Exactly. And you never say everything you think. I don't think you should, actually, because I have a lot of dumb opinions, too. Or they're just rooted in meanness or irritation or mocking people's appearances, which I have a weakness for. Don't.

Don't do that. If I know you're a compliment. I get your point, but I'm not. No intention of stopping that. But there is something that I think is part of what I love so much about Joe, and I think part of what, why he has blown up and been so successful is that, you know, because people ask me all the time, they'll be like, what's Joe Rogan like?

You know? And I'll be like, you already know. You already know. You already know what he's like. And you know this because you went and hung out.

He's exactly that guy. Oh, totally. Exactly the same guy. You know, I love that that works. I love, I'm thrilled by his success.

And yes, the money, too. Not that interested in money, but I understand that, like, unless something is a real business, it won't continue. Right. And so I love how successful he's been because it means it's just inspiration to everyone else. Yes.

Right. If you're an honest person, you can actually make a good living being an honest person. How great is that? Yeah. Well, that's awesome.

No, that's right. And that is the part. And I don't, like, I'm not the biggest fan, but that is the stuff where Ayn Rand was really correct about. Oh, I agree. The idea that, like.

No, like, kind of there is this connection between, like, what she would call selfishness, which I don't think is the right word for it, but, like. But there is something between, like, success and that humans are weird psychological creatures. Sometimes you can have the desire to not succeed, to not outshine somebody else, you know? And. But actually, you're doing a much better thing if you, like, succeed, if you're great at something, and then you're, like, an inspiration to others to be.

Well, sure. Logan gets rich because he's brave and honest. How is that bad? Yeah. I mean, you see all these other people getting rich because they're craven and dishonest.

And that's very demoralizing, actually. Well, and also, I mean, there's so much, there's so many things to be down about in our, our country, particularly right now. Like, our country is not in a very good place. Like, I, you know, I'm like, I got a wife and two little kids, and I put up, put on a very strong face for them. Like, in front of them.

I'm never, like, worried about anything that's right, no matter what it is. And that's just the way it's like, don't buy gold in front of your wife.

She sees the bars. But the point is that. But I'm very. But, you know, the truth is, like, between me and you and the millions of people on the Internet, like, I'm terrified about the future of our culture. Very, very concerned about it.

And there's a lot of, like, you know, look, I mean, obviously, like, we're in. We're in $34 trillion of debt. We can never stop fighting these wars. We've turned world opinion completely against us. We have the worst political and social and racial divides of my lifetime.

The culture is more insane than any time in my lifetime. I mean, the fact that we're debating over whether five year old boys can transition to be girls, the fact that that's even a real thing and it's not a joke, that wouldn't work because everyone goes, that's too absurd to even be funny. You know what I mean? That's just a sign in itself. But there is also something else going on, and it's much bigger than me, and I don't understand it.

I don't pretend to understand it, but we are living through some type of major paradigm shift and where lies are being exposed quicker and people are being exposed more than ever, and honesty and integrity are being rewarded in certain ways. And that's like, I kind of have to clang on to that because there's so much to be, you know, to feel despair over. But there's something really positive about this. I couldn't agree more. Propaganda is not working the same way it was.

Do you find. I just. I've had this conversation. I ask everyone I have dinner with this question, which is, do you find in the midst of all of this sadness and chaos and decline, rapid decline, that your personal relationships are deeper and more fulfilling? Oh, yeah, totally.

I mean, for me, you do feel that? Oh, yeah. I mean, there's no question about it for me, I mean, I've, like, my. I have little kids. I've.

My oldest is five, so I've just. In the last few years, you know, started, like, having kids, so. Yes. And I have great friends. And through this weird Internet world where we are, I've kind of cultivated, like, a really great audience of a lot of really cool people.

Yes. And, yeah, I think that there's, you know. So you think you're relating to people in a deeper way than you did, say, five or 610 years ago. I think, 100%. Yes.

It's also. It's been. There's been a big period for me kind of growing up. You know, I had a very, like, prolonged adolescence, kind of. I was a stand up comedian.

Yes. Living a degenerate life for many years. And then I settled down and got married and had kids. So that's just aside from the craziness of the world, I think whenever you go through this that you're just living in a better way. Wester, you, though, very, very, very.

Because that's like your. I mean, that's your fortress against. In. That protects you from everything else. Exactly.

Cause it's. Well, it's. And it's just, you know, it's whatever you're. You know, this is the thing that was kind of. I know you sent me when I tweeted something about this, but where, like, when you don't have God, whatever's next highest in line becomes affect your God.

And there is something about I did not have God or family and my own family. You know, I had family members who I loved, but I have my own family. And my whole life, I kind of, like, I was like, a nineties kid. I grew up in. I was born in 1983.

I grew up in the nineties. None of us, nobody I knew was religious. Nobody. And we did not have, you know, like, all of the traditions that many previous generations grew up with, whether, like God, country, chivalry, these things. You wear this uncomfortable outfit here because that's what's expected of you around other people when you go to church.

You know, you strap on these boots. It was like, no, we just grew up in blue jeans and sneakers. And the point of life was kind of like to get through school to go play, you know what I mean? When you were. When I was a teenager, it was like to, like, smoke pot or, you know, like, try to get laid or something.

You know what I mean? Like, it was all just kind of, like, revolved around. Around what's fun. And it wasn't until I got married and when we had my first kid and I found God also at that same time that I'd been living a totally different life where my life is kind of centered around this purpose that there's meaning to it, and it's not really about me and whether I'm having fun. Like, I still like to have fun sometimes, but it's like, that's really not that important.

What's really important is that, like, I'm being a great husband to my wife, I'm being a great father to my kids. And ironically, to some degree, you just find much deeper happiness when you're not living. We were talking about this off camera. I really wish this had been on camera because it was so interesting what you were saying. But you didn't grow up in a conventional two parent household.

No. Right. No, my parents got divorced when I was three. That's young. Yeah.

She grew up in a single parent household. But you seem to have kind of figured out the formula so well. And I said, well, how did you know that? How did you. Well, I mean, look, it's a mix of a few things.

My mother was a really great mother, so I only had one parent. But I did have a really good parent and she did instill a lot of good values in me. And I don't mean if that kind of contradicts what I just said before, like, she did instill good values in me. We didn't have kind of like, you know, God or anything. Right.

And it was something that was just instinctually in me when I, when I first had kids that I just wanted to give them that. And the other major fact there is that my wife is just like the best person I've ever met. And she was. I got very lucky again and just met a really great girl. And that is a.

There is nothing better than being in a great marriage. And I would imagine I've never experienced it, but nothing worse than being. I think that's exactly. I think it's like burning to death. Yeah.

The people I know who I've known, people like that really crazy chick and they can't even think straight cuz they're in agony all the time. Yeah. You know, horrible. But it's just. It's just interesting.

I think maybe I'm very distressed by the number of kids growing up in single parent households. I grew up in a single parent household when I was a kid, so I'm not judging anybody. Yeah, yeah. But it's in retrospect, I think, well, maybe if you grew up that way, as you did and I did, you don't take things for granted. Yeah.

And you're more. You're more intentional in the way you structure your own family. Because you said to me, off air, you're like, I wanted this. Yeah. And I also just have the attitude that, like, well, I think that.

And I blame the baby boomers for almost all of our problems. I do too. And I don't. I'm I don't. Obviously, when you speak in about a group that big, I'm painting, with a broader exceptions to this role.

And I, you know, I love my mother very much, and she's a good person, but as a generation, they just ruined everything. And they're totally selfish. Yes, completely. Jeff Dice, who I love, this guy is so brilliant, but he gave a speech about it, and he was going through the things of, like, all of the slogans of the baby boomers and how self serving they all were. Like, it was like, don't trust anyone over 30 until they got into their thirties, and then it was like.

And you watch it all the way through. Like, COVID, it's like, we got to do everything we can to protect the baby from our generation. Yes. It went from don't trust anyone over 30 to being like, screw your childhood. I don't want to get this.

Keep your hands off my medicare, by the way. You know, like, all. Everything, it's. And. But one of the major things that they changed about the culture was, like, normalizing casual divorce.

Yeah. As if that should just kind of be an option. Like, I'm just not feeling it anymore. So, like, we can get divorced and, like, there's no sense of, like. No, no, no.

Like, look, I'm. There are exceptions. There are cases where there's no use of spouse or something like that. But generally speaking, the idea, like, you took an oath before God and everyone you love and then brought children into this world, that is. That is your obligation.

I know. And that's. That's like, my attitude toward marriage is that it's like, listen, me and my wife, we've. We've faced some hurdles in our marriage. Like, things in the outside world that have happened, of course.

And I think we've done a very good job of them. We've had serious issues. Like, we had major health concerns with one of our kids and got through that. We've had been through lockdowns and been through, you know, and there's more ahead. There's a lot more ahead.

But one thing that is for certain is that that's it. Yeah. It's us for the rest of this. Like, this is. We're living this life together now.

And to me, that's what being married is. Well, if you're. If you're not that, you're not really, if you're trapped, you'll make do. By the way, that sounds grim. It's not grim.

I've never. I mean, I have the same kind of marriage. I've had a happy marriage for 33 years. One of the reasons is that this is what we're doing. Yeah, that's right.

And I grew up with divorce. I remember as a child, my brother, my only brother, feels that we would talk about this when our kids, like, fuck adults. Like, fuck them. Yeah. Having kids and then getting divorced.

You can go find yourself in France. Fuck you. I knew, and I knew people in my. Listen, in my parents generation, there were so. So many people like that.

So many people I know. Oh, yeah. And totally fucked up the kids and did it. Cause, like, right. Like, I gotta be happy.

As if somehow that's a noble thing of, like, I gotta be happy. But they never turned out happy. No, because you have. Cause. Cause the key to real happiness.

I mean, there's different ways to measure happiness or, like, whatever. Again, like, you know, there's someone training for a marathon, and there's someone sitting, having a bag of potato chips. And in the moment, the guy having the bag of potato chips might be happier than the guy training for the marathon, but, like, ultimately, who's going to feel better about themselves is going to be. You know what I mean? So, like, there's, um.

But we want to die. You have obligations and responsibilities, and if you don't fulfill those, you're not going to find long. But also take the long view. Like, the neighborhood I grew up in had all kinds of rich, divorced moms, and every one of them was crazy and unhappy. Every single one of them.

And you wonder where they. I thought in the years since, like, where are they now? You know what I mean? Living in some condo in Scottsdale with Parkinson's, unvisited by their kids. Like it.

You'd get old and die in the end. And when you do, I'm gonna. I really hope I'm surrounded by all my girls and my son and, like, oh, he was such a good guy. Like, yeah, that's all that matters about it. You know what I mean?

And they, like, talk about you at dinner when you're gone. Oh, I miss him. You don't want people. I've seen people die who mistreated their children. Lived it.

Actually, fuck that person. You know what I mean? Yeah, I don't want that. And also, look, I mean, that kind of the absence of having that feeling or the baby boomers kind of not feeling that way, it's kind of like. I mean, look what it's led to.

I mean, you know, it's very easy for, you know, say, popular, conservative, you know, pundits to kind of dunk on college kids and stuff like that, which is like, fun. And I've enjoyed videos of where, you know, like, Ben Shapiro is like, destroying 19 year old in some college campus. And, you know, it's like, you know, he's, she's like, you know, some, some trans kid or something like that and is like, well, I'm, you know, I was born a boy, but why can't I live as a woman? And he's like, why can't you live as a cat? And it was like, it's like, ah, the intellectual prowess of destroying this.

And like, yes, okay, that is stupid. That kid was an idiot. But you also kind of, like, peel a little bit deeper and you're like, so what was this kid's situation, really, because you're talking to a 19 year old, you know what I mean? And let me guess, came from a broken home. I'm trying not to pound the table here.

I agree with you so strongly. Was medicated, I bet. You know, like, as a young and staring down the barrel of a grim life. Yes. Has no conceivable path toward, like, independence and fucking toward what you have and what you grew up with, which is that's all that really.

And you're in charge of the society, by the way. You're in charge of the study you've influenced in the society. You're in the privileged class. And there's no shame in that, by the way. Yes, but it does carry with it the obligation to see that the next generation has a decent shot.

And you haven't done that. You've wasted it all on foreign adventurism and your stupid economic ideas, and this is the result. And you will take no responsibility for, it's like, oh, stupid kids. No, your job is to create another generation of smart kids. And then they wise kids and they mock them.

They're like, oh, well, maybe, maybe if you don't have your avocado toast and your latte, then you'd be able to buy a house or something. And you're like, look, okay, it is true. You're making me mad. I totally agree. Look, it's true that this generation is in many ways softer and more privileged.

And part of that's because they grew up with technological wealth that previous generations never had. It's also partly because their parents never instilled, like, values in them to care about kind of more than just avocado toast. But the fact is that baby boomers could go to college and get a summer job and pay for their college, okay? And then if they didn't go to college, they could go to high school and then go wait online and get a job where you could support a wife and kids off of that job. This might, you know, like.

And that was the way of the world previously that my grandfather worked in factories his whole life and his wife didn't work, and that was that. And he owned a house. He sent kids to college. He had two cars. Like, they had a nice life.

And these kids today come out with six figures of debt and are getting a job at, you know, Starbucks, and houses are going for, like, 600 grand, you know what I mean? For that same humble house that my grandfather had. And the baby boomers all got rich by the value of their house. Just going to Greenwich, and it seems like not a one of them ever went, hey, but aren't we kind of, like, pulling up the ladder on the helicopter here? Like, if my house is, like, skyrocketing in value, that's nice for me.

I got a heloc and I got, like, some money coming in now that I can invest in the market that's going up and make this income coming in. But what about the next generation? How are they ever going to buy a house? They don't care. Like, no one seemed to care.

They don't care. And I'm trying not to interrupt your wonderful description with amens and hosannas, but I just so strongly agree with what you're saying. And I have a bunch of kids. They're all actually thriving. I would say inside, they're all good people, clear thinking they love each other, most important.

But I'm around a lot of college age kids. Like, a lot. Like, way more than most people my age. I'm 54, and I don't think they're soft at all. I'm not talking to my kids.

I mean, they're friends or, you know, I'm around it a lot. They're hard edged, actually. Right? They know how. I mean, they're.

They may be wrong, they may be confused, but they're. They're actually pretty tough in a way, and they're pretty angry, and they sort of get what's going on. And I have deep sympathy for them. Deep, deep. They've been completely screwed over by the people, and they don't any power.

Even if you're a 19 year old Columbia kid, like, I may not agree with your slogans or down with white people, whatever. I. Of course, I hate that I am a white person, but I do sort of, like, think, whose fault is that? It's the people who run everything. It's your.

Your stupid boomer parents. Yeah. It's the administrators at the school. It's our politicians. I mean, I'm sorry to blame society for the crimes of young people, but actually, society does deserve the blame, and the leaders of the society deserve the blame.

Yeah, 100%. That's not a liberal perspective. That's a concern. Conservative perspective. I care about the next generation.

That's how. If you don't care about how your grandchildren are going to live here, how are you conservative? What are you conserving? You're not at all. You're just a freaking grifter.

Shut up. Right? And, like, what has. And this is why, you know, when, uh, um, we. When you were on my podcast, we set the.

The Internet on fire by, uh. Because I trashed Bill Buckley. Like, I completely agree. I said he was one of the greatest great villains of the 20th century. Well, he was a gatekeeper, for sure.

I mean, people started like, what about Stalin and Mao Saitong? And I'm like, okay, fine, he was third. But the point. The point is, okay, there were, like, five ahead of him. Okay, fine.

But he was. But I think part of this is that, you know, a lot of the kind of conservatism, Inc. People who criticized us for saying that, and they're kind of like, well, how would you. You know, this was the guy who was the most prominent member of the conservative movement. And it's like, okay, and so, like, what exactly was conserved in his movement?

What? Like, just explain. Was it the Constitution? Was it what classical liberal values? Was it religion?

Was it tradition? Was it the definition of a woman? Like, what exactly was a big conservative? I mean, like, like, I'll give you something. We still have some gun rights, okay?

You know, like, I don't know. But, like, you lost everything. You lost the United States of America. And part of the reason, a major reason why is because the whole national review, like, takeover of the conservative movement was to drive out all of the. All of the non interventionists, all of the isolationists.

I watched demonize them as racist every single time happen. And the weird. Yeah, don't even. I'm holding back like, I would, you know, I was adjacent to that world my entire life, and I. And I watched it happen.

And, you know, I knew Bill Buckley, and he was perfectly nice to me. You know, didn't hate him or anything, but it was very charming and very smart. I was playing the wasp. You know, it was all a pose. It was completely fake.

And the only people who sort of bought it or people didn't know any better, and that was, like, upper class or something, fake accent, weird homoerotic stuff. And it was like, all just kind of sad, actually. I thought. I thought that was always my view of it, because it was. Was he was posing, but, you know, I think he had good qualities.

I love sailing, so I kind of, you know, I'm with him on that. But in the end, you judge the tree by its fruits, and the fruits are just absolutely rotten. And so I think it's important to be honest about that. Well, I think the fruits were a transformation of the right wing in America from being the old. Right.

Which was really, I mean, they were fairly isolationist, but certainly non interventionist. I mean, like, you know, Robert Taft was the one who didn't want us to be a NATO. I mean, this was like the old. And they were big on, like, immigration controls, sound money, and not getting involved in wars. These were the people who opposed World War one and World War two.

They didn't want american involvement in these wars. Right. And this. The effect of Bill Buckley was to transform what became a conservative movement into being cold warriors, that what we do is we go everywhere around the world looking for a war to fight. So, in other words, the people who really loved America, not the idea, but the physical reality of America and her people, the people who actually live here and their homes and their little towns and their dumb little jobs and all the stuff that makes up a civilization at scale, the people who cared about that somehow became anti american, and the people who would lecture you about how America is an idea, and it doesn't really matter who lives here, what those people are for America.

I mean, it's like a complete inversion of reality, actually. Yeah. And so, again, it's nothing personal against Bill Buckley, who I, you know, played that. Played a mean harpsichord, but not to be catty, but, like, that's a lie. Yeah.

The people who care about actual America are the people whose side I'm on, and I care about actual America not because I'm a good person. I'm really not an especially good person because I got a lot of children who live here. That's what I care about. And, like, because it's. Look, this was a really great country, and, I mean, there are still a lot of great things about it, but it's deteriorating and why, you know, why should we be for that?

And, you know, one of the crazy things about America is that there is kind of this. This idea that we are the United States of America and have been this whole time, whereas there's really been, like, several revolutions in the country. And you know what? Look, I mean, I think the George, double George W. Bush years, the war on terrorism, was a revolution of sorts in the country.

I grew up a kid in the nineties. We are not the same country as we were in the 1990s in the pre war on terror, before the Patriot act and the Department of Homeland Security and the TSA. I mean, the experience at an airport is a different thing. We are a different country than we were before that. I think COVID has changed everything.

You know that. But even before that, I mean, you know, as you've talked about a lot, like the. In the wake of world War two, the creation of the CIA, this was a revolution in the country where it changed who's running the government. And we think of the position of president of the United States of America being the same position that, like, you know, that Woodrow Wilson occupied or something like that. And it's not.

It's a totally different position. Donald Trump did not have the same job FDR had. They were very, very close. And so there is, when people say, oh, you love America, it's like, yes, I love this country. I don't like the direction the government's going in.

I don't care for. Totally agree. And the Bush thing, I have to say, I could feel it at the very beginning. I knew him before he became president. I did not want to vote for him and didn't.

I just didn't vote. I did vote for him the second time because you always get caught up in the other guy. And I knew Kerry, and I just thought Kerry was not impressive at all. So I voted for Bush. But I see Bush still.

I had a meal with him not that long ago. And talk about a defeated, sad guy, actually bitter, insecure, given to lecturing everyone around him about what a great president he was. And I thought, that really is. No, but that's the fruit of the tree. If you've had a successful life, if.

If you've done the things that, you know, if you've fulfilled your obligation and done the right thing, you're not lecturing people about what a great person you are, right at all, are you? No, I don't think so. No, that's failure. And, like, I mean, just. He knows.

I mean, yeah, come on. To try to spin the George W. Bush years as anything other than, like, an absolute failure. I mean, you know, dude, you celebrated, mission accomplished. And then we stayed in the war for 20 years just a disaster and left the country.

And, I mean, look, not only was it all completely unnecessary, I mean, like, we had, like, the special ops response to al Qaeda cells in Afghanistan in late 2001, totally justified that we had an opportunity to trap Osama bin Laden and Tora Bora in late 2001, and they, I believe, intentionally let them go so they could continue these wars. But fighting the decision, do you think that's what happened? Yeah. Yeah. And there's.

I highly recommend to anybody, Scott Horton wrote a book called enough already, which is like a masterpiece history of all the terror wars. And it seems. Seems overwhelmingly likely that they already had their eye on Iraq and that they knew that if they captured Osama bin Laden, it'd be very difficult to sell another war because we got the guy. If that's really true, I mean, that's. That's unspeakably evil.

Yeah, well, look, it was a. It was, you know, you can read, like, through the details of it, but there were a bunch of. They knew he was in Tora Bora and they were requesting. I remember that. And they didn't give it to him.

You know, like, it's. It certainly seems to be what it looks like. And then it was a decision that we're going to cobble then it was a decision that we're going to overthrow the Taliban and fight a regime change war there and then go fight the regime change war in Iraq. And, I mean, look, like you said, judge them by their fruit. I mean, the results of George W.

Bush's wars were. There were trillions of dollars wasted. Hundreds of thousands of people in these countries died, and our bravest young men blowing their brains out by the tens of thousands. I know those are the tangible results of what happened. And it's not even like we sacrificed that so that these countries are much better places to live.

They're actually worse than they were. Much worse. Yeah. So there you go. You know, so great administration.

Okay, so let me end on this question, because that's so depressing, what you just said, because it's true. Yeah, it is true. And no one was ever punished for it. And, in fact, rewarded. They were all rewarded for it.

Name the three things that give you hope outside of your own family in America right now. Okay, so. Well, the first one was kind of what I was touching on before that there is this. There is like a seismic shift in the way people are being exposed. The part of the reason, and I know you've, you've talked about this a lot and I think explained it very well.

But what you're seeing out of the establishment what you see out of MSNBC when they talk about Donald Trump or when they talk about you, for that matter, is not a ruling class that is confident that they have power. No, they are like, you know, cockroach that's trapped. You know what I mean? Riddle is, and there's a reason for that, and there's a reason why they're so hysterical. And it's because for the first time in certainly in my lifetime, and way well beyond that, the monopoly over the control of information has truly been broken.

And that you watch this during COVID where, I mean, like, you and Joe Rogan had a huge impact on the nation during COVID because you were, like, the two biggest people with the biggest audiences, completely exposing how insane the whole narrative was and how insane all of the COVID restrictions were. And eventually, it got to a point where people just weren't taking it anymore. They weren't listening to Fauci. Like, we never had anything like that before. We never had, like, someone like Joe Rogan or someone like you doing this show where, you know, like, in the run up to, say, in 2002, the run up to the war in Iraq, there was just no one like that who was, like, blowing the whistle with tens of millions of people listening to them and explaining how this is all lies.

We have that now, and they're freaking out about that. And this is really why all the attempts at tech censorship happened since 2016, because they recognize that, like, oh, Donald Trump can tweet his way to the White House. He doesn't even have to go through us. So we better control Twitter and, you know, YouTube and Facebook and all of these at Google and all of this. And even in their attempts to control it, it's net.

They've never been as good as they were at controlling when there were just three networks and a few big newspapers. And now I think Elon Musk really threw a wrench in their plans by buying Twitter. And so that, so I'm very encouraged about that. I'm very encouraged about the fact that, you know, their people are kind of have access to the truth in a way that they never did before. I think that.

I think ideas are powerful, and I think that all governments rely on propaganda. It doesn't work without that. And there's something in that that's really encouraging in a way. It's like, oh, they have, they have to convince us huge before they can just do it. You know, like every.

Okay, there's two things that are seemingly contradictory, but they're not number one, democracy is an illusion. It doesn't really exist. Yes. You don't really ever have democracy. You know, oh, we get to vote in presidential elections.

Like, even assuming all the votes are counted in the right way or something like that. It's like, yeah, you get to vote when these two parties, these private entities, decide who the candidate is, and then you can pick between the two of them. You know what I mean? That's not really democracy. But in another sense, there's always democracy.

And every nation, no matter how, whether they have free and fair elections or not, there's always, like, there has to at least be tacit acceptance by the people, of course. And if there's not, you know, if there's 500,000 people out in the streets screaming at a dictator about how they want policy x, that dictator is like, you know, I've been considering it, and we will be implementing policy x. You know what I mean? Like, because at the end of the day, there's way more of you than there are of him. Totally.

Right. And so when you can spread ideas, we have a fighting shot. I think so. That's very encouraging to me. I think there's also been a huge move away from us hegemony internationally, which is both very scary, but is also, I think, necessary.

I think that the american, America spiraling as a country, I think, started with us getting off of the gold standard. Once government could print as much money as they want to, they make people rich for just trading and paper, being politically connected, and you're not earning anything to become rich. And it's devastating. Yes. And then I think the unipolar moment was the worst thing that ever happened to America.

Right. You need counterbalance. Winning is often losing. Right. And so you need.

I don't. I want to see it happen in the best way possible. I think it's very bad in some ways for our country if we're not the world reserve currency anymore. But it's ultimately the solution. Like, it's no good of us being the.

The fact that we can just export paper and then maintain our standard of living isn't the right way. I hope it's a smooth transition, but, like, I do think there's something positive in the fact that that's all changing. So I think all of those things make me happy. I don't know. Did I hit three?

Yeah, you did. And let me just ask you to follow up on one, losing our privilege, our unique privilege as the holder of the world's reserve currency. I mean, it's going to happen. Of course it's in progress. The Ukraine war accelerated it.

Yes, but I haven't looked at the upside of that at all, and I think it's inevitable. So it would be nice to know what the upside is. Well, I mean, if you think about. Look, all the stuff that. So we.

We got this privilege after World War two, right? The Bretton Wood agreement, and a lot of the stuff where you talk about our soul as a country being destroyed, it happened in large part as a result of that, you know, because we didn't have to earn our place in the world anymore. We could just export paper. And, of course, we immediately started cheating. And this is why Nixon took us off the gold standard.

It's not that, you know, Nixon went off the gold standard. It's that the french called his bluff. We were saying, we'll exchange dollars for $35 an ounce, and they went, okay, we'll take our gold. And we were like, oh, wait, I'm sorry. What was that?

And they were like, no, no, no. I just saw you did this whole. Like. You had this whole space program, and you fought a war in Vietnam, and you just started all these entitlement programs. You know, it does seem like you've been printing a lot of money.

I think we'll take our goals. And then Nixon was like, let's just run an attack against the US dollars. Like, what do you mean? We had a contract. And they were, like, living up to your end of the contract.

But once we were. Once there was no more pretense, then we could just print money like crazy. Then you have everybody in Wall street getting rich. In the eighties, you have the tech boom. In the nineties.

This is all. And so I'm just saying, I think that. I don't know that it's been great for our country to be the world reserve currency. I think it's been great for the military industrial complex. I think it's great for Wall Street.

I don't think it's been good for our soul. And so, if I handed you a billion dollars, unearned, do you think it would improve your life? No, I think it would probably destroy my life. You know, because what do you. You know, if you actually start thinking that through.

So then I go like, okay, so, all right, fine. So initially, okay, I could buy a bunch of cool stuff. That's great. We all know that's not really what matters anyway. It'll.

For a moment, you know, feel really. It'll distract you. Yeah, for sure. Right? And then it's like, okay, so what am I gonna do for my family now?

Like, my. Obviously, my. My kids, my wife are my responsibility. But then, like, okay, what? I got a brother.

I got a sister. I guess I got to hand them a bunch of money, too, you know? My brother's, like, just coming out of grad school. It's like, am I going to hand him a huge and just take away all of his drive to, like, go make it on his own now, am I going to give him nothing and be a brother who has a billion dollars and gives him nothing? That's not an option either.

I don't know. Things get, like, way more complicated very quickly where you're like, no, actually, that's not the right answer. And also, it's not as if I have, like, the respect from my family now. Like, oh, my God, you're taking care of all of us. You were handed a billion dollars.

You didn't earn anything. You didn't create anything. It's like, no, that's not. No longer the man in your house. Yeah, you don't actually want that.

I want to have a nice house because I work to get my family a nice. Exactly. You know? So, yeah, no, I wouldn't want that. I don't know how.

I don't know. You're one of the rare people I just share with all the same instincts. So. Yeah. I don't quite know how that happened, but.

Well, thank you. That was a. I love that dude. Thank you so much. I've really, really enjoyed being out here.

Me too. Dave Smith. Thanks.

They, like, worship power. They, like, grew up wanting to be part of the club. And the only effect, you know, Teddy Roosevelt right there, he. He was like, an actual populace because he grew up in that world, and he's like, actually, you all kind of suck in. There's nothing that you have that I want.

You know what I mean? I'd rather be in North Dakota hunting. And that was his superpower. And I have to say Trump has some of that.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 – 2023-12-20

Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 - 2023-12-20

Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 - 2023-12-20

Episode Summary:

The document, authored by Clif High and titled "Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024," is a complex and speculative dialogue about the impending financial and societal changes expected in the upcoming year, specifically the phenomenon known as the "crack up boom." High engages in a meandering discourse that covers a range of topics including prophetic dreams, the nature of fiat currencies, central banking failures, and the eventual collapse of both capitalist and communist systems.

High begins with a personal anecdote, discussing his conversations and interactions, which leads into a broader discussion about the validity and interpretation of prophetic dreams. He does not dismiss dreams as a source of prophecy entirely but emphasizes the need for a rigorous and systematic approach to discerning the truly prophetic ones.

The core of the document revolves around the concept of the "crack up boom," a term attributed to economist Kondratief, who was asked by Stalin to predict the downfall of capitalism. Kondratief's theory posits that the inherent nature of central banks and the human element within them will inevitably lead to a catastrophic financial boom and bust cycle. High explains that this cycle is fueled by the continued and accelerated printing of fiat currency, leading to hyperinflation and a loss of confidence in the monetary system. This situation is exacerbated by the inability of banks to induce or manage debt effectively, leading to a systemic collapse.

High interweaves historical examples, personal observations, and anecdotal evidence to argue that the current state of the global economy is teetering on the edge of this "crack up boom." He suggests that various signals, such as difficulty in obtaining goods, the rise of digital currency, and the overall instability of the fiat system, are indicators of the impending crisis. He also touches upon the potential impacts on different sectors, including real estate and resource properties, and the societal shifts that might result from a financial system collapse.

Throughout the document, High maintains a critical view of central banking and fiat currency, advocating for a return to a more stable and sustainable economic model. He peppers his narrative with personal insights and predictions about specific dates and events that he believes will mark key turning points in the impending crisis.

#CrackUpBoom #ClifHigh #2024Forecast #February18th #FiatCurrency #Hyperinflation #EconomicCollapse #CentralBanking #Kondratief #PropheticDreams #CapitalismFail #CommunismFail #MonetarySystem #Inflation #Deflation #BankFailures #RealEstate #ResourceProperties #DigitalCurrency #DebtCrisis #EconomicTheory #StalinEra #FiatFail #GoldStandard #SilverLining #EconomicPredictions #FinancialCrisis #StockMarket #HyperNovelty #InvestmentStrategy #LoanDefaults #ConsumerConfidence #FinancialForecast #ElohimCult #PropheticInterpretation #SocietalShifts

Key Takeaways:
  • Major Economic Event centered on February 18th, 2024 (+/- 3 Days), which will lead to hyper-inflation by May
  • The "crack up boom" predicts a catastrophic financial cycle leading to hyperinflation and economic collapse.
  • Kondratief's theory suggests that the nature of central banks and fiat currency will inevitably lead to this collapse.
  • High emphasizes the need for critical analysis of prophetic dreams as a tool for predicting future events.
  • The current global economy shows signs of impending crisis, with difficulties in debt management, goods acquisition, and consumer confidence.
  • High advocates for a return to hard species like gold and silver to stabilize the economy.
Key Takeaways:
  • A "crack up boom" will lead to the collapse of fiat currencies and central banking systems around 2024.
  • Specific economic markers, such as hyperinflation, will become evident around February 18, with significant shifts by May.
  • The government and societal structures may begin to collapse by October or November post hyperinflation.
  • A move towards digital currency and a need for a more sustainable economic model will emerge from the crisis.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Crack Up Boom JUST AHEAD In 2024 - 2023-12-20

Hello, humans. Hello humans. Long day afternoon here.

Anyway, so still heading back out now. Heading back out to the coast. I was talking to some guys about. I got delayed in actually quite interesting discussion about computer programming and what's going on and so forth. But that doesn't interest most people.

But it was kind of interesting for myself. I was talking to a guy who is a retired navy commander and had served on intelligence gathering boats. Well, like the liberty that was attacked and almost sunk by the Israelis. Dirty, fucking evil Israelis. Anyway, so he's on a liberty style boat and he was just saying in 30 day period of time, he didn't say where any of the details.

They had over 200 UAP incidents out and about somewhere, wherever the hell he was. So very interesting, that kind of stuff happening all over.

So Carrie Cassidy is bitching and moaning at me that she's misunderstood, thinking that I don't accept dreams as prophetic, which I do. I just don't accept all dreams as being prophetic, and most are not. And so that's where it comes down to it. It's a thing of, yeah, she's probably had a prophetic dream. Probably nearly everybody does.

But just because you have such a dream and connect it to the unfolding common reality around us one time doesn't mean that all your dreams are thereafter are prophetic or that necessarily any of them are. And if you have a mechanism and so on, and you can say, well, I've used this mechanism and I've had 35 prophetic dreams and I've been able to track 34 of them by using this method. It's like, well, okay, then the next time you have a dream, then you've got a track record, you've got a rigor, an analysis approach to determine which dreams are prophetic. And so, all right, so I'll go with you on that. Right.

It's likely that you've got something going on there and you may be able to clue into it. Not everybody is or does or can. It's just like dreams are on a low order of prophetic kind of approach for me. There's easier ways to collapse the matrix potential and determine what the hell is going on than trying to rely on dreams which then also have that huge interpretation thing going on. Right.

You've got to interpret the dream relative to itself, to temporal clues, all different kinds of stuff. And so it gets really difficult, to say the least, to make any kind of appropriate conclusion on it. Right. Anyway, so, no, I'm not saying that dreams are not prophetic. I'm just saying that it's a real crapshoot when you're trying to do these ahead.

So I agree that prophetic dreams exist and you can track them and plot them against manifesting circumstances, but usually 99.99% of the time, that's only done in hindsight. Only looking back after the events have emerged, do you see how the dream was accurate and so on? So I actually think my buddy Joe had a dream in which it basically told him that bitcoin was going to hit 38,000. He sold then, because the dream had a big giant ice cream cone, and then there was this crash business. Right?

So he's interpreted as a big crash. Well, bitcoin hit 38,000, he sold out, and then he crashed his airplane. So does that complete the prophetic dream, or does his interpretation that there's a crash coming to the cryptos and so forth make any sense? Was that part of the dream? Well, it's like, I don't know.

I think if I were him, I would say, oh, I crashed. And so I probably misinterpreted the dream, and there's probably not going to be any kind of a crypto crash relative to what I had seen, because it sure doesn't look that way. It looks like we're going to head into the crack up boom. The crack up boom was okay. So Stalin had this brilliant economist by the name of Kondratiev, and Kondratiev was real brilliant.

And Stalin goes to him and says, I want to know when capitalism will collapse. And Kondratiev said, sure, no worries. And he goes and he works and he works and he works and he has math, and he works some more. And some months, a year later, he goes back to Stalin and he says, okay, I've got it here. Right?

Here's the deal. Capitalism will collapse at this point, and it will happen this way. And the way it'll happen is a crack up boom. And that this is inevitable simply because of the nature of central banks and humans. Okay?

And that this is all good. Capitalism is going to collapse at this point. But, Mr. Stalin, I got a little bit of bad news, and that is that communism's going to collapse a lot quicker. It'll collapse long before capitalism.

And so Stalin says, I didn't want to hear that and ships Kondratiev off to the gulag for giving him bad news, right? So you got to watch out for these guys. Stalin, by the way, was a khazarian. He's jewish, and he was deeply connected to the Elohim worship cult, in spite of the fact that he know, nominally communist and an atheist.

So I don't know how this shit works out. But anyway, so Kondratiev comes up to him in that process of telling Stalin all of this, and he tells him how it's going to go down. And it's perfectly logical. It makes perfect sense. We've seen us come close to it a couple of times.

But basically what happens is all fiat currencies will go through this. We see this happening where there have been central banks, like in Argentina and so on, that have followed this exactly. And so Kondratiev is correct in how fiat currencies die. And what happens is that your central bank being controlled by humans, all of these humans have incentives to keep their position, and they have incentives to keep the system going the way it is. And so they will be counted upon to keep on keeping it on.

And so that's number one to bear in mind is that this will all be run out, directed, controlled by human emotion at all the various different levels. That's one level of human emotion is that the central bank will not just simply cease, they will keep on at the way that they are keeping on now until they can't do it anymore. And so this ultimately leads to a state of acceleration of what they're doing. Okay, so it's not working, but they think if they do it more fiercer, faster, it will work. That's their inherent delusional, supported by emotion viewpoint on what's happening.

They don't know it's dying. I mean, they do know it's dying, but they think, oh, well, we can stop this if only we do this. If only we do this. And so we will have a crack up boom in our fiat based capitalistic structure. Capitalism is great.

It's the only workable economic system, right? Socialism doesn't work. Communism doesn't work. Both socialism and communism are jewish constructs made from the Elohim worship cult. Anyway, so what happens is that we get to the point where we're at right now, where the banks are suddenly finding it difficult to get people to take on debt.

Debt is the propellant. It is the fuel for a fiat money system. If you don't have increasing levels of debt, doesn't have to increase much, but it has to increase pretty continuously. But if you don't have that, you start sliding back into a period where the banks can't have it, okay? And that's deflation.

If you start paying off the loans, and if you start deflating the currency, deflating the debt that is around a fiat currency. Then you get to the point where the banks collapse faster, harder, the whole thing just really crumbles. And so the central banks are desperate to not ever have deflation. So we had deflation in 1932. Prices were falling.

So prices in the depression fell down to a certain level that made sense relative to the individual items. And then as we get into this, in like 1929 30, 31, then as we get into 1932, the lack of demand is such that you have goods start piling up all over that no one wants to buy. And so they will start the process of deflation. The people that have money invested in those goods will deflate by lowering the prices on those goods just to get them out the store and get a little bit of currency because they're like everybody else. They need that currency to flow through them in order to be able to pay their bills, et cetera.

We're actually encountering this situation now. I have run into this myself, and I've talked to a guy today who was telling me about also running into it himself in another store. So we're running into the period of time where there are goods that are in short supply you can't find. So I'm especially running into this, starting to get into buying the stuff I'm going to need for the extension on my house, right? There's a lot of material that I'm going to have a hard time locating because the supplies are not readily available for a number of different reasons.

All coming down to basically though, that the money is just shit anyway. So I go to some of these places that have these kind of goods that are smaller. They're not like giant regional chains and stuff, right? And I go on in there and they're in a situation where in these past five or six years they bought a lot of items for sale in their stores and the items are not selling, okay? They've got goods that are sitting on the shelf for over a year now, and that costs them serious money because basically a lot of it is they're getting the stock on debt.

They're taking out operating loans to buy stock in order to get the stock to then be able to sell to people and to make a profit to pay back the loan, et cetera, et cetera. So even the store owners don't have their own capital at risk. They have the bank's money at risk in this, and they're not moving money fast enough. And so as far as a bank is concerned, they can make money off of a business going broke and collapsing. But only in a healthy business environment can they do that.

If all the businesses are crashing, they're not able to make money on the dissolution of a business. And so even the banks aren't making money now with the state of the local businesses. So now my businesses that I deal with, some of them are starting to have to discount prices on goods that were purchased a while back just to be able to get them off the shelf because they're not selling. And those things that do sell, they have to replace, but they don't have the cash to buy a new item to replace the one that just sold. And if they use their cash to do that, then they can't pay their employees, and they're not able to get as easily, not able to get bank loans to buy stock in order to move it through their store because they've already got a bank loan, and it's on stock that is not moving because the economy has turned around to a negative state and the flow is not in their favor, so to speak.

Right. So it's a real mess. So they need to get rid of this shit that doesn't sell. They need to buy new stuff to replace the items that have sold that they know will sell because there's a demand for them. But they're hamstrung by the debt structure in getting those goods on the shelf and getting the non selling stuff off of their shelves.

And so they're basically going broke really slowly. And it's agony to watch this. A lot of these guys don't have the big enough picture view to understand what's happening to their particular environment and their store and its causes at the larger social level, with the central bank now running into this particular situation. So getting back to Kondrativ, Kondrativ said that we would reach a point that capitalism would reach a point under central banks. Now, capitalism being run on a constitutional money is entirely different, okay?

This is only capitalism as it's structured on fiat currency. That's what Kandrativ said. He said, basically, if capitalism had sound money, if it dealt only in silver and gold, hard species, he called it, it would never collapse because it's the most fundamental economic system on the planet. But based on fiat, it's going to go through this thing that he called the crack up boom. And we're very close to that.

This is why I was thinking Bo Polney is making. He's okay. Anyway, let me tell you about the crack up boom first. Okay, so the crack up boom is a period of time which the central banks are in now where they will do everything they can to accelerate the process of inflation into their money because they're going to be running into deflation as lots of businesses collapse. Lots of loans are paid off or they've just abandoned.

And so the bank has to eat the loan and so on and so on and so on. Right. The banks are right now not able to spend the money to sue people on enforcement of loan contracts. That's a big shock. So if you had a contract and you just walked away from it, they'll do what they can, but they're not going to put a lawyer on you trying to sue you.

Probably they would if it was big money, but anyway, but in general, they can't afford to be proactive that way because of the cost of the attorneys. So the crack up boom is where the central bank has to print money as fast, and they used to print it as cash, but now we're talking digits. But they have to create money, they have to create fiat. They have to create fake purchasing units as fast as they can to keep them circulating because of the degradation of their ability to purchase stuff. And the confidence in the system has dropped to the level where it's just about to totally fail.

And so the confidence in the system is one of the key elements and we're about to cross a threshold in that. Now, the little bits of data I've got would suggest that probably around February 18 or so, we will have some form of a crossing of the confidence level and the fiat currency. And so maybe in the end of February we just get to a move. It won't happen this way. This is just something I'm picking up in order to give an example.

But maybe it'll happen at the end of February that we have vast numbers of people with student loans just walk away from them, just stop making payments. Not that they're forgiven or anything like that, but just people just stop making payments on loans. And it would be something is going to trigger, like in that week in February, it's going to trigger the central bank to go full bore on dropping rates and shoveling money out the door as fast as they can into the banks and hopefully they think into the society and social order at large. Won't happen, but they're going to be desperate and they're going to keep trying it. This is a crack up boom.

So they can, and they will drive the stock market to new highs because they're going to Biden. And the Biden regime is going to mandate that everybody in their control, do everything they can to try and convince the normies that the economy is good.

So really, the crack up boom is them. If we were talking about actual printing, the presses would just go and go and go until it was like Leimayer Republic, and everybody had so much cash that no one wanted anything of it, anymore of it. Now we're going to end up with digits where so many, they'll have so many dollar out there that everybody's just going to be sick of it. Right? So getting back to Bo poly, he had said that on Nino's show.

He was saying, oh, biblical. It's going to be biblical. The end of the year, the crash of the system, it's going to die. It's going to be biblical. Silver is going to go through the roof.

Gold's going to go through the roof. Right? None of that's happened. None of it will happen. None of it will happen the way he thinks he's been wrong on all this shit.

All right?

I know people that are really into money, like seriously into money, and they do things even though they're solid, centrist, normie money guys. They will even follow woo people until they prove to themselves that woo guy is not accurate for their business. What they'll do is they'll say, I don't know about this woo shit, but if that guy is making calls on these kind of cryptos and they turn out, I want to pay attention to him regardless of how he's getting the information, right? Because I want to make that money, too. So this is how these big money guys think.

Anyway. So I know one of these big money guys. I mean, we're talking people that are involved in 100 millions of dollars a year in, quote, investments, which it's all speculation, but that's neither here nor there. Anyway, one of these guys that I know, and I've known him for shit, probably 25 years or more than that, he first contacted me late in the 90s, like 99 or something. Anyway, though, he contacted me a while back and we were chatting.

We'd brought up stuff and I'd said, bo Poly, and he was laughing and he, wait, let me go and get it. But they had a report that his investment firm had contracted, and so they'd contracted with an accountant to go through and watch all the Bo poly videos, make notes of all the dates and the prophecy shit that he had been saying, and then go back and do an analysis, which I thought was really, and I won't go into what the guy said about the accountant. He was making really a lot of funny jokes about Bo in the report here. But in any event though, the end result was that they found that Bo Poly's the accountant. Okay, so the accountant isn't fucking around.

He's not taking a quasi hit, he's not taking, oh, it was know it happened in the same month or anything like that, right? They took Bo Polney's descriptions, they applied them to the calendar, and they went back to see what happened on those days, if anything, and so on. And so the guy I was talking to, the money manager, end of things, not the accountant, but the money manager part of this said that it was one out of 27, but Bo got one right out of every 27 of his prognostications. And I would figure that that would be correct, that it was something on that order. It's far less than chance.

So you're going to be better than Bo just by getting up and deciding to have a financial forecast on how many times your dog licks his butt. Something like that. Right. Because Bo's God, his Elohim God, is not delivering the goods. He's only doing one out of 27.

And so the money managers here are not following Bo Poly. They told me about a couple of other guys that are really fucking good. These guys are not using Elohim gods that they're following. The guys that they're following in the Wu business are using obscure kind of algorithms and this sort of thing. Chartists and that kind of deal.

One that really had their attention is a Chartist that plots money and also, like myself, tracks emotion and language. And he's been pretty good. They're saying it's over 60% of his calls on stuff are exact. And out of the 40%, half of those are pretty close. So it's not quite to the number he projects and that sort of thing.

Right. But it's within this range. So they're very impressed with this guy, and they're following this guy and they bought into his service, et cetera. But they're saying, no, we're not paying money to Bo. One out of 27 is not good enough for us.

He actually figures that if he got one out of ten and he knew that he was going to get nine wrong, he could devise a strategy where that one would pay for the other nine and still produce profit for him. But he said one out of 27, he says no. He said you'd end up having to risk vast quantities of money, hoping that you're on that 27th, one that's actually going to pay off. Right. And so he said it's a net loss.

You're just never going to be able to overcome the ods in this. But that one out of ten, they would work it. And anyway, they're working on a guy now that is getting six out of 1060 percent. So they're pleased, they're quite happy, but they're not happy in general because they know the crack up boom is coming. And the reason I was talking to him was we were talking real estate.

He wanted me to basically give him the benefit of my local knowledge on real estate in Washington state and so on. Not good news for him. There's not going to be a safe haven in earning real estate. So there's real estate properties that earn for you. You could rent out an office to a corporation, that's not going so well.

That's commercial real estate, right? These earning properties are properties that would have resources on them that could be harvest intermittently or were rentals for vacation houses, that kind of thing. That's a different market than commercial real estate. It's not really commercial because it's much more irregular in happenstance. It falls into these categories of earning properties, but it's not as good as a resource property.

Even Resource properties are having their problems because the price on resources is all wonky and the fiat currencies are all fucked up. But in general, resource properties are holding their own in terms of relative value. So I know this because I've got a resource property. I own a little tiny bit of acreage, 48.8 acres. It's timberland.

And so we got some good trees we can harvest, et cetera. But going forward, we'll be able to get some income off of that. But anyway, but the crack up boom is coming. Something is going to hit our financial system around the 18 February, 2024 (+/- 3 days) that week. I just picked that day based on the cluster of data and thereafter, I think it's going to start the process that leads us up to hyperinflation in May, and that by then we'll be into the serious crackup boom.

Now, it makes sense that the timeline that I've been able to see where once your country hits a certain level of hyperinflation, once the people start spending the money as fast as they can get it, once people stop going to take out loans and so forth, the country's got about five months before the government collapses. And so that would make our government collapse. If we hit hyperinflation in May, then we're going to have collapse of the government in October or November. And that'll be the point at which you don't have college professors showing up. That'll be the point at which nobody goes to the schools because they're not getting paid enough to make it worth their while.

I ran into a guy today that is making. He's a kid. He's making $17 an hour and it costs him half of an hour's work in order to buy a fast food lunch. He's a big guy. Of course, fast food is not good for you anyway, and he doesn't want to eat it.

But basically his point was, it's not possible for him to pay for housing and pay for food and pay on any debt he may have at this level of purchasing power with the currency. And so he doesn't know what he's going to do. And it's a real bitch for kids that way. He's got an uncle who lives east of the mountains in the dry side of eastern Washington. And so I was talking to the kid and I told him, hey, you might want to go over to your uncle's place.

He told me where it's located and use that as a base. Stay with him for a while and go out and pan gold, get ahead of the game. And so he's seriously thinking about that. Anyway, I'm back here and I got to put away and do chores and stuff. So crank up.

Boom. I figure is the process of it starts in February. You should maybe see all time highs on stock market shit. Maybe in March. And then it's going to go way downhill real fucking fast as we get into April and May.

And that's to say nothing of the impact of the hyper novelty. Anyway, guys, take care. Talk to you later. I got some stuff coming up. Maybe I can make a video about.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don’t Wanna Miss – 09-14-2023

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Nino's corner TV hosts a conversation with Cliff High, who is described as a mad scientist type of intellect. The discussion revolves around the current state of the world, which seems to be in the midst of a war that's escalating. Cliff has developed software that measures building and release tension, emotional indicators that suggest societal unrest. The software has shown alarming levels of tension, much higher than usual. Cliff compares the current situation to past events like 9/11, suggesting that the world might be on the brink of another significant event. He believes that the upcoming event might be orchestrated to divert attention from the looming financial crisis. The conversation touches on the potential for directed energy weapons to be used in this event, with a focus on the U.S. central region. The discussion also delves into the potential consequences of such an attack, including the destruction of the internet's backbone.

#NinosCorner #CliffHigh #GlobalTensions #Software #EmotionalUnrest #9/11 #FinancialCrisis #DirectedEnergyWeapons #USCentral #InternetDisruption #Predictions #War #EmotionalTension #ReleaseTension #BuildingTension #UpcomingEvent #Diversions #Conversations #PotentialFallout #MajorEvent #GlobalState #Escalation #PotentialAttack #SignificantEvent #Warnings

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Hi, folks. Welcome to Nino’s corner TV. I am joined with Cliff High, once again, long awaited. I haven't talked to you in a long time, Cliff, and I gotta tell you, I'm honored to have you back on. I love our conversation.

I miss our conversations, to be honest. Yeah, you're one of the mad, I would like to say geniuses out there that I consider like a mad scientist type of intellect. I love having you on the show, Matt. So thank you for coming back. Sure, no worries, guy.

No worries. Glad to do it. I've had so many guests on my show, both on YouTube and on my back channels. And I know this is going to go pretty deep, but it looks like we're right in the smack dab middle of this war. It looks like it's really starting to escalate.

It looks like there's no slowing down. Both sides are going all in. And I know you've created that software. Are you still using that software? What can you tell us?

Cliff, I'll let you have the floor. What are you seeing pan out right now? What are you seeing happening? What's going on?

All right, so my software has a certain bit of alarm showing, right? Okay, so my software has a range of values for building and release tension. Okay? So there are two different types of emotional tension. Building tension where you're getting ready to fight, and then the release where you're releasing it.

Right. So, like Terry Cassidy the other day was releasing all over.

Anyway, a reminder. Yeah. So here's the thing. So the top end of my scale is of the delta between the building tension and the release tension is 580. Sometimes is only the difference is only in the threes.

Okay. Now these are just numbers. The numbers are not in and of themselves meaningful because they change slightly as I adjust numbers on the words. But what's important is the level of the range has been consistent since more or less consistent. I've had to enlarge the range a couple of times since, say like 2001.

All right, so now we have a situation where the delta is not within that range. It's out here at 81 point something. Okay, so 13 times higher than our usual that is the tension in which are you talking about? Like you could tell by the chatter on the internet. Correct.

My software is going through and picking up language that's being leaked, picking up the emotions, and it gets it right and it gets it like that. And we'd have building tension and then you'd have release of that language. Right. And so what we're looking at now, this is release. That's like an outpouring, grief, suffering, wailing, all of that kind of shit, right?

It could also be happiness. Okay. That's release partying. Let's party. That's release language now.

Right now it's hovering at 81 something.

This would be like looking like building tension. Release tension. Building tension release tension building tension. Release tension. Wow.

Right? So here's the thing. Is there a way to tell between the two? Between the release? Yeah, it's release language that is dominating what kind of release it is.

I don't think it's a party. Okay. So I think it's pretty negative. I get confirmation on my stuff by watching people that are psychic that have proven records as like remote viewers or psychic intuitives or whatever, right. And all over the internet, no matter what language, iranian, Russian, Estonian, Albanian, all of the psychics are picking something up, all right?

And my buddy Dick Algier, and I'm going to talk to him tomorrow, and we're going to do a video on this. He and his remote viewing group are also picking up something way big. Now, here's the thing with this. I'm not going to get into the details on his, but he has talked about this on JC's, on Beyond Mystic Channel. They had a remote viewing, Dick and his group, everybody goes to Remote View and they all get this same subject, but it's nowhere near what the question was.

And so everybody know we screwed up, something went wonky. So they do it again and it happens again. Everybody gets the same thing, but it's nowhere near what they were the question they were being asked. So basically what happens is like this if you're a psychic and you go out or a remote viewer. So remote viewers are like, in my opinion, they are the black belts of psychic, okay?

They're trained, all right? So they train themselves in a martial arts fashion to get better at their craft, whereas a psychic just goes along right. And doesn't really know, they never examine it and so on. Honed in. Correct.

Okay, so the remote viewers here are saying that they want to go and look at this target. Here's the target. And that's where they're being sent by the remote viewing tasking. But their view is always pulled over this way, no matter what they do, okay? And it's because this thing is so damn big that it overshadows their ability to get at that some kind of event.

Correct. Okay, so here's the thing. I'll let Dick characterize it tomorrow in his group and stuff, right? But conceptually, this is the same thing that's happening with that 81 number, okay? We're going to have some event that's going to have so much release language following it that it's going to dominate everything.

And so I'm saying that this is between three and 13 times as Emotive as 911. Holy shit. And bigger than Lahaina.

So if you really think about this, we've kind of got a pigeonholed right now with Biden and everything that's happening with the House hearings. The walls are closing in on them. They're going to start playing. You don't think so they don't care about that. They don't care about that.

That's a minor little ripple to them. But they have to make some kind of big move. Correct. They have to make no. Okay, so in my understanding that would not be accurate.

Okay. Now what's driving everything is the dollar, the money. Okay? And so here's the deal. 911 was done to cover a financial situation.

All of the financial records that would have exposed all of the deep state and everything were in building seven. And what happened to it? Magically, it disappeared, right. As along with all the records. And we had that event that brought in the Patriot Act.

So I would not be surprised right now that there was some dictatorial law 2000 pages of crap that's already ready to go for whatever this event is. Okay? I believe that it's my thinking that this event is going to be triggered is triggered in the future by events that are going on now relative to the financial situation. And that in our Great War, the Great Awakening, the politics in the United States, all of that is a minor little battlefield. Okay?

It's not the main deal. So if this were World War II and whatever this is that's coming is the equivalent of like D Day. All of the political stuff that we've gone through in the last year are the little skirmishes in northern Africa between Rommel and the various British generals. Okay? They're big deals, but they don't really alter the nature of the war.

All of that outcome is for sure already. So it could be some kind of a financial apocalypse? Well, no, it wouldn't be like that. Okay, so the financial apocalypse is already happening. So this is a little tricky.

So stick with me on this, all right? Hyperinflation is not an economic or a fiscal thing, okay? You're going along, you got inflation at 40%, and then in one month inflation could jump to 100 or 120%. Okay? It doesn't happen because of how much money they're putting into the system at that stage.

It is entirely a psychological wave that sweeps through the population where they say, holy shit, this is not worth toilet paper. I've got to spend this thing right now and get some level of value out of it because tomorrow it's going to be worth less. So if it took one of these to buy a sheet of toilet paper today, it'll take two or three of them to buy a sheet of toilet paper tomorrow, so I'd better spend it today. That's what hyperinflation is. It's this emotion, this tension, this building tension, value around the value of the currency, and it just triggers and the whole population within days because one person starts panic spending, buying everything they can, as though they were suddenly trying to hoard things, right?

And the grocery store owner sees this, mrs. Jones, why are you buying three carts full of steaks? That kind of thing. Right, exactly. Panic buying.

And the panic starts to so the panic ultimately spreads up into the financial people all right? And so the people that the Federal Reserve cannot have a hyperinflationary episode work through the population of the US. They could sort of deal with it if it worked through dollars that are outside of our country. Right. They could manage that a little bit.

It would cause big problems here. We'd get up to, like, maybe 60% inflation, but somewhere between where we're at now, which is like 40% inflation and 60% inflation, is the potential to trigger over to hyperinflation, where everybody, as soon as you get paid, you spend it all that day. Okay? This has huge ramifications for a system that is run on credit cards and electronics. Because at the end of every month, when people got paid with paychecks or the end of every week, there's going to be a massive spike of spending and then everything dries up in the rest of that week and it really alters the nature of the social order.

So the powers that be, the Federal Reserve, the mother Weffers, they're fighting among themselves all the time. Our Federal Reserve right now is caught in a quandary. Do they try and save the Federal Reserve note and thus themselves? Or do they pay attention to what Klaus Schwab and the mother Weffers want to do? It is my thinking that the upcoming hyperinflationary wave that could hit the US.

Has to be offset in a 911 kind of a fashion. They need an
event to try and cover their ass. So I don't think we're talking about banks failing. I don't think we're talking about digital anything. I think we're talking about a physical attack, and I believe it'll probably be directed energy weapons because of the efficiency of that attack.

Okay, so there was all kinds of magic. So the Khazarian mafia employed thousands, thousands of Jewish witches prior to 911, and they worked the magic, right? And they worked it up for the entire month of August and for the first ten days of September, we watched this those of us that track this shit online, we watched this happen. We didn't know what it was going to lead to, but it led to 911. Okay, so it is my thinking was at work before 911, they were going all in for that.

Okay? Correct. So they're trying to work the spiritual side, the financial side, the psychological side, the war side, all of it together in a package. This is how you have to think. Holistically right?

And so, in my opinion, they will have an event, and they will try and capitalize on and control as much of their problems as they can with this one event. But to my way of thinking all right, so my way of thinking is that things are not static over time, that humans learn. Humans have an experience. We harden with time. Right?

And so if you beat me every day for a week about the shoulders, my shoulders could get pretty tough. Right? On that next week, they'll be sore. Two weeks after that, you won't be able to beat my shoulders to any good effect at all because I will have toughened up. This is the nature of our reality.

Okay? So my thinking is that this was 911 and that kept them going until 2020 on their plan, right? But we can't have another 911. Our emotional upheaval and stuff is way the hell up here already. Whatever higher than that.

Correct. In order for them to control us, they need to have something, as I was saying, between three and 13 times higher than 911 to try and extend that out into 2024. Now, bear in mind, look how long they got with 911. We're up so high that all they're hoping to do is to control one more year. So you see their desperation almost nuclear, probably.

There you go. Now let's discuss that. Okay, so I'm not of the opinion that they can do a nuke, all right? And here's why. In order for a nuke to be used, they would have to involve several thousands of people, all right?

And they're not in a position now where they can go around and clean up those several thousands of people afterwards that they don't talk. And look at how shaky everything is in terms of their ability to ensure silence, right? You got all these whistleblowers people that used to be down and dirty, they ain't getting paid, so now they're talking, right?

And they can't be bribed anymore because the paper is no good because it's all interconnected and the paper doesn't have any purchasing power, right? So what if you get a million dollars? Big deal. That's just not going to keep you silent that long, especially at this level. This goes along with Juan Savings vent of Cuban Missile Crisis 2.0.

Okay, let's stop right there though. Okay, so that was nukes. Now here's the thing about nukes. A small nuke, not like suitcase, but like a small nuke that could be used on a city requires a big airplane. It requires a crew, it requires fuel.

There's paper trails left everywhere. There's people involved, there's airports, there's the potential for security. That all is going to come back and bite them in the ass. And they're so desperate to control through this year that they don't want to deal with any kind of fallout in between from whatever the hell there is they're doing. And it's a cost issue, okay?

It costs you real money to bribe several thousands of people, even if they don't know why they're being bribed or what's going on. It is easier to have a screen in China, Indonesia, Malaysia, India, the United States, even somebody sitting behind a screen pushing a button on a drone that releases a series of energy weapons. There is a cost to this, but it's far less than thousands of people loading a nuke. It's only maybe 50 people. Wait, you're talking about direct energy weapons.

Correct. What we saw in Lahaina. But they had to blame climate change on no, no. Okay, so track me on this. All right, so there's three types of directed energy weapons, all right?

There's the sonic one, and we're not going to really deal with that at this time, but there's the lasers, and then there's the high power microwaves. Now, the lasers are part of the process, but the damage is done by the high power microwaves. The high power microwaves, though, have a failure.

I would think I'm getting the picture here. Are you talking about a mass die off of people with a vaccine? I don't know. It's going to be really magnificently violent. But here's my thinking, okay?

All right. So what I think they're going to do, because of the nature of what I've got in my data, and maybe I have yet to talk to Dick, and I have yet to even watch his video that he sent me on their debriefing. They're so kind to do that. Dick and his crew are just such nice guys. But anyway, so here's what I think that's going to happen.

We'll just say that down here there's a valley, and this is the target in the place that I think this is going to happen, there's a pretty consistent cloud cover.

What I think they're going to do is I think they're going to use a laser, and they're going to disrupt the cloud cover with the lasers. Lasers are a clear view energy weapon. They don't work through clouds, right? But lasers can be used to remove a cloud cover such that your high power microwave can beam in through it. Because if a high power microwave starts beaming in and hits a high enough water level in the clouds, it does all of the damage and stuff up there.

So my thinking because of some of the stuff I've got in the data is that this X right here, okay? So my description on this is this valley and mountains and other things that make me think of Cheyenne Mountain, denver Airport, and one other place I'm not going to go into. Okay? So let's just assume that I'm correct about this, that it's going to be one of these mountainous places. So I'm thinking that this attack that's going to take place is planned right now for Central US.

But they're going to blame it on a natural event. But it's not going to be climate change. It's going to be a meteor. It's going to be a system. Everything they're going to take right now, here's the thing, okay?

So my data sets have provided me hints, and that's all it is, just hints. Just made me psychically. Tune in and think of these three particular places cheyenne Mountain and the Denver airport. Then there's this one other one that would be really bizarre. It has these kind of criteria in terms of what it looks like, but if they hit that one, it would destroy the internet.

Okay. It would break the backbone of the internet for some period of time, especially in the US. It would slice us into regions because of the place there has this particular set of equipment. Right. And so it would be really strange.

It would be like with the ten days of darkness. Correct. Only it wouldn't be ten days. It'd be like in the United States, it'd be like ten years. Because we don't have enough replacement equipment.

We don't have the people to do it. If they do this, bear in mind down here, it's going to look like a nuke hit, okay? Because this directed energy weapon can just keep beaming on down there. Also, so grasp this, this high power microwave. You'll sometimes see it as HPW for just regular wave or HPM.

That's what they used to destroy the 911 towers as they were falling. That's what caused the free fall and the dustification of the 911 towers. So they just sighted down on the towers, hit a button, and dissolved it on the way down. So there was 1.25 million tons of material in the towers. Do you know how much they hauled off?

Do you know how much they actually hauled off? 40 truckloads. 40 truckloads of material. Wow. So where did the 1.25 million tons go?

It was turned into dust and gas. And so this is what I think is going to happen. Now, if this is the Denver airport, they're after whatever the hell is underneath it, okay? So they would just keep going and going and going and going until there was just a big smoking crater in the ground. Because we also can say it would make sense.

Also Cheyenne Mountain, because correct. Trump shut down Cheyenne Mountain. That's basically their opposition right there. That's our stronghold. And also Cheyenne mountain was connected to whatever the hell's under Maui.

Wow. So they got to take that out. I don't know. They got to take out Cheyenne mountain. See, I think these guys are not very sophisticated, so I wouldn't do things this way, but I'm not a bad guy.

Okay. But I think they have to do something that is energetic and psychologically captivating. And the second part of it controls how much is the first part is used. They need so much energy into this that they capture our minds and hold them for a year. They want to get us into release language, know, in flux so that they can move us and control us for a year.

Denver, it'd be a target. Not just the airport, the whole place. Well, there's the thing with the directed energy weapons. They spread out. They're precise, but they're not like pinpoint, right?

So they spread out in their effect. So just beaming it down in on the airport is probably going to do a lot of damage to the whole region. What may even affect all of Colorado for all I know, because they got to go through if they were going to get the Denver airport, they've got to get that huge layer on top. This has to happen before the election cycle,
so it has to happen between now and November of 21. Okay?

So in my opinion, it's not connected to the elections directly, okay? It's connected to the finances, all right? And so in my opinion, this would have to happen before April 3 of next year. And again, in my opinion I'm sorry, that's what Juanito says. He says the same thing.

That the timeline. Okay, let me explain this. Let me just tell me this adds up to you. October testing of the national emergency system is October 4. He said that lines up with about six months out, which would be November, December, January, February, March, April, April, okay, it's a power number, a power time, April 4.

Here's the deal about that, okay? So that's correct. All of that's factual. There's another thing to take into consideration. These people are into the dark arts, our enemies, all right?

So bear in mind, we fight warlocks and witches. So I'm a shaman. Okay? I know magic. I can do magic.

I can do everything a warlock does. It's just I got better things to do, right? So here's the thing. I know that and I know that they must cooperate in their magic with cycles. So I'm not so sure that they would let it go beyond the first part of March.

It's going to be much better for them to do it in the winter than it is in the spring. Just, that's why things happen in the fall, right, to set us up so they can magnify the winter effect on our minds and control us that much longer. You know how you feel in the winter, right? Is it because it's so freezing? Why would they do it in the winter, okay, because there's less light, all right?

This is really spooky, dude. We are light beings, okay? So if you wrap yourself up in tinfoil, not only will you overheat, you will have a fantastic experience in your pineal gland as all of your biophotons are pushed back into your body. I do not recommend this, okay? It can kill you, but it is akin to a psychedelic without taking a drug.

It is that powerful. We are light beings. We react to the sun, we react to light from the stars, we react to reflected light, et cetera, et cetera. In the winter, we have so much less because of the angles of the sun and stuff, especially up in the northern hemisphere, so they're going to try and harmonize. So what if I wrap myself in tinfoil and take a psychedelic?

Oh, you wouldn't survive. No way. No way. Dude, the bigger you are, the more biophotons you extrude. Okay, I'm sorry, bigger you are, as I said, or what did you say?

Yeah, the larger mass. You have the physical mass, whether it's fat or muscle, doesn't matter much. There's slight gain with muscle over fat, but you emit more biophotons. Okay. So bigger people are going to suffer.

The effects have a bigger trip, so to speak, than smaller, thinner people. It's just the way it works. You're just not going to get as much of this bounce back into the pineal gland. Now, if your pineal gland is calcified, you're not going to feel very much. You just get overheated and you're going to throw up.

Right. And like I say, it can kill you, so don't do this. But my point being that we are light creatures and look, dude, how many times have you been treated with light for your injuries? The red light pads, all of those kind of things, right? Yeah.

Come to think of it, yes. And you know, if you were to be like up in the Northeast in the winter, you know how you would feel less light in the day? You don't care so much about the cold, but it's the light that impacts you. So I think these guys would harmonize. And so of course I'm thinking they're going to maybe do it before January ish.

Right. Maybe it could get as far as February, but shortly thereafter, the angles don't favor them. The next time they would have an opportunity would be the next fall. I don't think they can survive that long economically. I agree.

That's too late. Juanito and I have talked about this, and I've had some other people on that. This fall looks like a vertical jump in the drama. Are you seeing that as well this fall? Just because I'm saying it on my program.

That's what that release language is. Release language is Carrie Cassidy's drama that hit you the other day. She was like nine out of ten of her statements were release language. Yeah. That wet fish just slapping you upside the face.

I mean, I could hear the blows over here while I was sweeping. Yeah, I'm abused Cliff. Yeah.

At least you heal quick. It's all right.

So then what happens after that, as that happens, and this event, whatever this event is, which you say is going to be your theory is it could be direct energy weapon. Right. That makes the most sense. What's the aftermath of that? Do you have any kind of reading on that?

Okay. All right. The bad guys don't want you to know that this is part of the war, so they're going to have to do everything they can. So they are creating any warm temperatures that exist in their climate change model. That's all entirely hoaxed up.

Right. So we would expect a massive, massive, massive psychological operation all focusing on this being a natural occurrence of a meteor hitting us. They may even throw act of God. You want to impeach Biden and you get a meteor, that kind of shit. They'll do everything, just pile on the psychological crap after this supposed meteor hits us, and then they're going to get on the case and be serious about it.

On any blowback that people would say it wasn't a meteor, but could it be? Maybe. Could they play the alien card prematurely? Could they do that right now? Could that be the next thing?

That's why they were so pissed about the congress yesterday or the other day. Okay, so you know they showed two alien bodies in the Mexican congress, right? Oh, Mexican. Yeah, Mexican. Congress.

Okay, but see, here's the thing. There was verbiage, quite a bit of verbiage coming out of the Department of Defense that was saying, all this is bogus. And it's like, why does our Department of Defense give a crap about what the Mexican Congress hears about space aliens? Maybe they care because they didn't want that whole shock value to be taken away from them. Got you.

And it's already starting to spread around the planet. People are now starting to sell space alien artifacts on ebay, that kind of thing. Not the artifacts of the space aliens, but what the humans did in carving the space aliens that they interacted with, et cetera. Right? So does this event, since you can foresee this coming, and I'm sure the white hats can, the good guys can.

We all can. Now my audience can. Now that we see this event coming, can we stop this, or do we need to stop it, or does it need to happen? Okay, so there you go. Dude, that's above my pay grade.

That's a question for universe. All right? So I'm a doer in the body. My job is to do shit on this planet, to learn and to die, okay? So I'm not the thinker, I'm not the knower of information like that.

So I don't know if enough of us were looking in Denver or looking at Cheyenne Mountain, would they do it? If enough of us say it's not going to be a nuke, it's going to look like a meteor, they're going to fake a meteor, they're going to do it directed energy weapons. Will they do it? What's his name just said he isn't going to run out of Utah. Yeah.

Okay, so why did he do that? Because enough of us are looking at him and saying, crime, crime, crime. And look at what's happened with the mother weapons themselves. The level of degradation is huge. The last conference, this is a panic move that they have to pay.

They have to play this card. They have no choice right now. It could be stopped, okay? Not necessarily by you and me directly forming a huge mass of people that are all looking at the same place, but maybe because we all get excited about something like this, maybe because we're all psychic and we're feeling something coming like this. Our white hat guys pay attention and go do shit, okay?

So this is kind of like the quandary that you faced the other day when Carrie was hitting you with that mackerel all right, because she was saying that why didn't the interceptor platform stop it? Why didn't the military stop it? Well, we don't have interceptor platforms, that for one thing.

But anyway, though but you see my point here, right? I don't know if this has to happen. If it happens, then we must be moved by universe to fight fiercely any psychological stuff that comes on out, because maybe we'll break them right there. Maybe so many people will know in advance that they're going to fake up a meteor that when they come on out and say, oh, look, Denver Airport just got hit by a meteor. Everybody and their brother is just going to erupt and just be a giant riot on the Internet and the planet and so on, and we'll get rid of them all.

Wouldn't they have to use MSM to bring forth this problem? In other words, problem reaction, solution. So wouldn't they probably a month before the meteor hits, start putting it out on television and saying, oh, it's coming, there's something, or was that there's already been two of those really two new objects in our solar system. One from about three months back. I remember Lester Holt talked about a mothership that came into our solar system.

Yeah. And beyond all of the space aliens and all of that. But I'm saying that there's two rocks they've identified, so maybe they've got their candidates lined up, right? Wow. So we could be looking at some kind of catastrophe that's going to surpass 911.

An attack. It's not a catastrophe, an attack that they'll blame on nature. They'll have to blame it on nature like some God, whatever. That will probably be an event that happens before April. That's what we're here.

We're not psychic. We're just saying this is our no, we are psychic. Everybody that gets on the Internet
and just types shit, leaks out language because they're psychic and they don't have any other way to get it out. And I pick that up. And also I talk to people that know they're psychic that have routines, that have rituals, or in the case of, like the remote viewers that know rigid protocols that have formality and that are successful and have a huge track record.

And the psychics are saying some shit's coming at us now. I'm going to talk to Dick Algae tomorrow afternoon, and he'll put it up on his site at some point, right? And he will show his drawings and these kind of things as to what he's got on this. And you go watch that, and then maybe you're going to want to interview Dick Algae and talk to him about that from his viewpoint, right? Did you make that connection?

Yes, I will. I will send you email. No worries. I'll tell Dick, et cetera. Okay.

He's in Hawaii so you got time.

Uh, so you need to personally ask him questions about what he saw, how he did it, et cetera, et cetera, so that you will be assured, as I am, that he's, in essence, validating what I'm getting numerically. So bear in mind, what shocked me was not any particular kind of language coming through. It was the numeric sums that I run every damn time on this language in order to get the delta of the release versus tension to see if we're going to go into a building tension period or if we're going into release. Now, if I were to say it, I would suggest that an 81 level of a release value would last about a year. Could it be a coronal mass injection?

Could it be a solar flare that they blame it on? Might be. I don't know what they're going to pick, but they're going to cause it because I've seen some news on that. And so maybe they use that. Okay, see, that's a little difficult.

So here's their real problem, all right? So think of it this way. If they use a directed energy weapon and slam into Cheyenne or any place in the United States, continental United States, right, it doesn't matter where, but if they use a do and they do that, then what's Putin going to say? What are all these world leaders going to say when these fuckers say, hey, it's a meteor. Putin's going to say, no, we didn't see anything coming in.

All these other places are going to say, no, it's no meteor. We don't see shit coming. Know you guys are lying. And Putin, he's based he'll call them liars to their face, right? And all of us and see, now we're at that point where they probably, in my estimation, are having ambivalence about every single move they make.

And something this large is going to cause them many repeated trips to the toilet as they ponder this, right, because it's going to release their bowels every time they think about the potential blowback on this because it's so vulnerable to their psychological operation not working. And here's the thing. So you're a professional fighter. Have you ever had any fights that were not in a ring, not supervised? Yeah, many.

Okay, so you know the feeling then as the situation evolves into a fight and how the language builds up in tension and then at some point it's no longer language, it shifts over into the physical, right? Okay. At the point that it shifts over into the physical, that's the point at which we enter into an area of the unknown. We don't know how it's going to come out, right. But we know that two things about this.

There's going to be that the fight is ongoing now and that the outcome is irreversible. You can't stop the fight in the middle and everybody go back to their positions. It's not organized that way. So you will feel that issue of change, that state of flux, go through your body. And I bet you, you felt it in your gut.

You would feel a little bit of butterflies before you started getting moving, right, as the language is rising, okay? So that's what's affecting them. And they've got butterflies like mad because it's going to be irreversible once they do it. And with an 81 value on my metrics, and that would go for a year, imagine what would happen that would go for a year. If we had enough normies that believed them, if there was enough control mechanisms that they could put in, what would be the other side of that 81 value in release language?

Hang them. Right? Which is going to happen anyway. But no, there is that option, okay? What I'm talking about is lynch mobs.

Now, so I grew up in the south, okay? Streets. This will be the big one, right? So if they do this and they're not able to get enough normies to stifle the rest of the opposition to all the bullshit they're putting out because they need a certain mass of normies to be able to stand up to the rest of us saying, hang them. Right?

And if they don't, they'll be pulled out of airplanes, their limos will be stopped on the road. People will decide, I'm an assassin, I'm a hitman. And maybe they won't make it because of the security and so forth. But imagine Bill Gates being his security people, having to kill people that were coming to kill Bill Gates. That's going to freak that motherfucker right out.

They'll quit. They won't put their life in danger that much. They'll be done. They'll be on his own. Okay, so there's the problem guy, all right, so it's estimated that 1% of the human population at any given time is a psychopath, okay?

So we have 311 millions in the US. That means we got 3.11 million psychopaths. So there's a lot of psychopaths. They don't react the way that and then there's this other group. It's estimated that there's 3% of the population are sociopaths.

And a sociopath, he'll go along with the psychopath, he'll kill for the psychopath, right? But the sociopath, they're not wedded to this ideology that the psychopath has, and they'll flee. So I agree with you. Those people would not put their lives at risk. But I bet you Bill Gates got his security people out of that 3.1 million psychopaths, and so they would stay to fight just because of the fight.

Yeah, well, no, I get it. Totally the same cartels. Exactly.

So under those circumstances, you would have fierce fights from the security people around these individuals, right? But they would get whittled down, and eventually they would be killed or go away, and the individuals would be hung or shot or whatever the hell, right? And so that's what they're facing. And I think that there's a couple of people at the head of the cabal that recognize this, that they're about to reach a point of uncertainty, and that scares the absolute crap out of these guys. Now, me, as I say, I'm a shaman.

I live in a world of uncertainty. I harmonize with uncertainty and irreversibility. So I don't care if my day gets disrupted and stuff intrudes and there's new actions, okay? I had plans, but universe decided otherwise, right? And so I'm cool with uncertainty.

These guys are very rigid in what they want to accomplish, how they think their lives exist, and they tools, and these types of ceremonies is to control their circumstances so they can control and stay on that rigid control. And so I surrendered all control when I was a kid and I got into paranoid schizophrenia, right? You can't control shit at that level. So universe taught me to not care. And so I can do things that are seriously impossible for all of these other for these psychopaths, right?

They have to have the control, and they would melt down and just you've seen these kind of people in like, the tranny FAW, right? If something is out of their control, they just have a fit. They just can't do anything, right? And this is where we're at now, in my opinion. All right, so sometime back maybe.

Okay, so shortly after our last conversation, I went into hiatus, right? This is where I have internal things I have to do. And so I don't do videos and shit, right? I just do my audios and just let it go at that couple of substacks occasionally. And so maybe I was off for three or four months here this time for me.

You were gone for over a year. I missed. Well, there we go. There we go. Okay, so it's been a while.

I hadn't really thought. I've been working my ass off, dude, you wouldn't believe what I've gotten into. I knew you were going to come around again. Yeah, exactly. So I'm surfaced here and now we're ready to go on this.

Now our enemy's ability to control us is fading anyway. I think some of the people up there know it. How desperate that's going to make them, I don't know. Will they act out of character, so to speak, and put themselves in a situation where they deliberately invoke the uncertainty? That's my big question here.

I'm of the opinion that we will still get, because it's in the data that we'll still get the 81 release value, even if they don't do the Op, all right? Even if they don't hit us with the directed energy weapons, there's reason to suspect that that will occur, not because of my stuff, but because of Dick Algaeier and his stuff, right. Arrest that maybe creates that. That would do it, right? And so if you had that level of action, if we had the midnight arrest the night of the long knives that kind of thing that would create the release language and that would propel it forward some number of months.

Wouldn't go for a year, though, that way, because it wouldn't be under control, they wouldn't be hyping it and keeping us unstable and so on. We would come to recognize it, we'd come to grips with it. We would internalize it, and then we'd go on. So maybe that 81 would if they did the Night of the Long Knives and arrested all these fuckers, and then we had trials and stuff might go on six, eight months, but it's not going to be the as well. I'm sorry.

That could take it off. Correct. So that's the quandary we're at. What are we looking at? Right.

Right now, my mind, as well as Dick Algiers and his people, think it's going
to be an attack. Can we change the future, though? Right. An individual can change their own future by their own thoughts. Can a collective of individuals change the collective future by a collective thinking about things in a certain way that is unknown.

That's our point of uncertainty now. And so it may be that if we got enough of the population and we have no idea how much that would be, but if we got enough of the population to think about this and view this ahead of time that it would actually prevent them from doing it because they would be singled out ahead of time. Everybody looking at them, and they wouldn't be able to feel comfortable doing that. It's going to put them in a world of hurt because they've got to do something. There will have to be some reactions there, but I don't know, guy.

I mean, my stuff I've always thought was it was malleable. All right? But Dick and these guys in the remote viewing, they get images like, so Daz remote viewed the lahaina hit down to the coastline a year and some months ahead of time. My gosh, that's incredible. And what is he seeing as of?

Right. Let I'll let Dick talk to that. He's part of Dick's team. I don't feel know I'll talk to Dick tomorrow. But you should ask him that because he'll have drawings and all kinds of stuff to show you.

Right. So we can all maybe do a roundtable together. Are you charging? Sure. Well, okay, I'd do that, but I just intrude.

You really need to talk to Dick. Right. That's fine with me. However you want to set this, I'll I'll take the torch and run with right. I'll send you an email today, and you can start negotiating with him, and I'll put in a word for you so that he should talk to you.

Thank you so much, Cliff. Sure. So we're in it. We're heading into, I guess what we could say, a massive event that's going to have a release. So it's tension and then release.

Tension and then release. Right. Looking at right. Now we're tension and we're going to come into a release, correct? Correct.

And then here's the thing. When we change, right, when people in the US. Are seeing that we're winning the war and we'll use a metric here, you and I will have a little temporal marker here, okay? So our temporal marker is when Kerry Cassidy calms down. Okay?

So when Kerry Cassidy calms down, that's a shift in a different way. And we're going to have building tension dominate from that point. Get I shouldn't get on her case. That's actually a good marker. All right, I'll go with that.

Okay, so when she calms down from that point on, we're in a period of time where building tension is going to dominate. And that's good because we'll have questions about our uncertainty, about the ability to rebuild. So we'll have building tension as we go about rebuilding the country. Right? And so we're getting close, dude.

We're getting real close. Cliff, thank you so much. You are always a pleasure to have on my program. Please, come on more often, please. Well, now I will be able to.

Right? Okay. So I've investigated a lot of stuff, and I've done a lot of research for a lot of people, including myself. Now, some of the research I was doing for some of the people led me to examine some of my own thinking. And that's why I had to take off such a long hiatus, because I had to get deep into it.

And I have yet to reveal a lot of the stuff that I've come across. Okay? So I've gotten into shit that you just won't believe, dude. So I found some stuff in Iranian literature, or not Iranian, Persian, and it's even pre Persian, because it wasn't Persian, the nation state. It was just the people living there that are talking about the period of time where the Elohim, the space aliens that are in the Torah, that are behind the Old Testament, where those guys had to change their command and control structures in their mind to machine software.

Okay? So they had this machine. So it's my opinion that the Elohim came down here to capture humans in order to jack us into these machines and make us into their slaves because they don't want their minds operating these machines. I don't think their minds can do it. That's another issue.

But anyway, so they come down here, they get us, they get all these people, and then they jack them into these machines. And you run these machines, you are the spaceship's control system. And then at some point, you die and they get another human. That's how gross this is, right? It's not a pleasant thing to work with these people, but at some point, this ancient society that lived in Iran made notes that they knew that the Elohim had had to change the command and control language.

Why? Because there was a revolt. There was a rebellion among the humans. And what had they done? They had allowed us to control all the machinery in their entire empire.

We were controlling their water pumps, their heating, everything through our minds. In this mind and machine interface, we knew the control code so well that when we revolted, everything shut down. What do we call this story today? You know this story. What do we call this story?

What I'm telling you now is the root of a story that is so fucking famous that you knew it when you were five years old. The Tower of Babel. Oh, wow. Yeah. Okay.

That's why the confounding of the language. Wow, that's incredible, man.

We destroyed the program ourselves. Correct. Okay. Realizing that we had control of their, I guess, of their equipment through our minds, and we shut them down. Right.

And that was the point where they had to go around and slaughter humans like mad. Okay. They had to kill. There again, kind of we're at that point again in humanity, right. We're fighting the same enemy, in a sense.

The L may still be here in Antarctica. They may be on the moon. I don't know about that. Right. But I do know that the mother weppers worship the L as Satanists worship Satan.

Okay? They think of the L in this exact same way that a Satanist thinks of this image of Lucifer. Wow, that's fascinating. Oh, also, by the way, the bahopenet, the image, the horned goat and all of that and the fingers and stuff. Yeah, that's the L.

That's what they look like. The transgender agenda is really the Elohim. Yeah. Wow. Now the good news, okay, we're winning.

We're winning everywhere on all different kinds of fronts, little tiny bits at a time. And every time you take a little bit of that foundation away, their footing gets more unsure. Just today, we learned that Washington State University, the doctors are no longer going to prescribe drugs. They're no longer going to do treatments for transgenders. This is a big operation east of the mountains here in my state.

The fact that that university's doctors are freaking out to the point where they're not going to do it means it's just the first in a whole series of dominoes. Pretty soon, all these hospitals are saying, Fuck, no, I'm not going to do that now. Okay? So some of this I don't think that this actually had anything to do with Washington State University, but I got contacted by a guy that said that some of the doctor he was a doctor. I won't say anything at all about him, but some of the doctors he interacted with had heard somebody, I think, on the Wu circuit, talking about the future retribution against these guys.

And so they were getting paranoid about their own patients coming back later to off them. Yes, we've talked about that because, hello. That's going to be an obvious response. That's going to be the most obvious response. Any doctor that's administering this shit, you better know there's going to be one person at least that's going to want.

Also think about the tranny FAW. You fuck somebody up by cutting their dick off. And especially the women giving them the synthetic hormones, the testosterone, what that does to a woman's mind. They're going to be so unstable.

And imagine when they get older and they're older, they're in their 20s, their life is destroyed, and they decide to blame you, the doctor, and come after you. Yeah. The retribution, the we haven't seen that yet. And that's coming.

Cliff, thank you so much for joining. Going to I'm going to go on YouTube and tell everybody that we did this interview and tell them to get over and watch it because this is epic. This is huge. Thank you so much. Sure.

No worries. Guy. I'll send dick all guy or your way. Thank you, Cliff. God bless you.

Okay, we'll do this again in the future. You take care. You got it, Cliff.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.